The full text on this page is automatically extracted from the file linked above and may contain errors and inconsistencies.
THE MERCHANTS’ MAGAZINE, E s ta b lis h e d J u l y , 1 S 3 9 , BV FREEMAN HUNT, EDITOR AND PROPRIETOR. VOLUM E XX. FEBRUARY, C O N T E N T S O F 1849. NO. N U M B E R II. II., V O L . X X . A R T IC L E S. ART. PAG* I. SU R V E Y OF T H E C O A S T OF T H E U N ITE D S T A T E S ........................................................... 131 IL A SYN O PSIS OF T H E L A W S OF G EO RG IA W IT H RE SP ECT T O CO M M ER CIAL T R A N S A C T IO N S .— System o f Laws o f Force in that State, and their Origin—Publications in which Law's o f Georgia are found—O f the Courts o f Georgia—O f actions o f Suits in the Courts—Actions upon Bonds—Limitation o f Actions—Parties to, and commencement of, Actions—Pleas o f Usury—O f Evidence—O f Special Liens— Equity jurisdiction o f Georgia— Contracts required to be in W riting—O f Bills o f Exchange and Promissory Notes—Tim e and Interest—O f the Execution o f Powers o f Attorney, etc.—O f sales o f Lands—O f the Execu tion o f Deeds—O f the Relinquishments o f Dower—O f Deeds o f Land—Seals— Estates— O f Trust Estates—O f Mortgages—O f Fraudulent Conveyances—O f W ills and Testaments. By Hon. B enjamin F. P o r t e r , o f the Tuscaloosa, Alabama, Bar....................................................... 149 IlL PR O T EC TIO N OF V E SSE L S FROM LIG H TN IN G . By F rancis O. J. S m it h , o f Maine. 156 IV . FR IE N D L Y S O C IE T IE S: W IT H RE FERENCE T O A N N U IT IE S A N D L IF E ASSU R A N C E FO R T H E POOR. By J. F. E n t z , Accountant, o f New Y ork................................. 168 V . T H E N E W Y O R K B A N K B IL L OF T H E SESSION OF 1848. By Hon. W illiam H. B o g a r t , o f N ew Y ork.............................................................................................................................. 175 V I. COM M ER CIAL C ITIE S OF EU R O PE —No. X L —D U N K IR K , FR A N C E . S itu a tio n Harbor and Port—Commerce—Cod, W hale, and Herring Fishery— Domestic Trade—Foreign Trade— Environs—Insurance, etc.............................................................................. ............................. 179 V II. S T A T IS T IC A L V IE W OF T H E A M E R IC A N W H A L E F ISH E R Y .—Number, Class, and Tonnage o f W haling Vessels owned at the different ports o f the United States, January 1, 1849—Tim e o f Sailing o f vessels from 1844 to 1848—Vessels employed in American W hale Fishery at different dates during last twenty years— Amount o f W hale Oil taken in North Latitude in the Pacific Ocean from 1839 to 1848— Imports o f Oil at Nantucket from 1808 to 1848—Import o f Sperm Oil in United States, and price, from 1815 to 1848—Import o f W hale Oil, and price, since 1828—Import o f W halebone since 1844—Ships arid Barks from the Pa cific and Indian Oceans from 1842 to 1848— Atlantic Sperm Fishery—Right Whalers— Stocks o f W hale and Sperm Oil on hand. By H enry P. H aven , o f Connecticut......................... 182-187 MERCANTILE LAW CASES. Barbour’s Cases in the Supreme Court o f the State o f N ew Y ork............................................................... 187 Liabilities o f Sureties on the Bonds o f Employers in Banking and other Public Institutions.................. 189 C O M M E R C I A L C H R O N I C L E AND R E V I E W . Tendency to Speculation in the Markets—Increased demand for Goods—Accumulation o f Capital —Advance o f Stocks, and Improvement in Prices o f Goods—United States Stock issues on Foreign Account—Public Creditors residing in N ew York—European Investments in United States Stocks o f all Descriptions—Demand for Specie— Austrian Credit—The Rothschilds—Price o f Produce in Great Britain— Imports, Exports, and Duties o f New Y ork in 1848—N ew Y ork Dividends—Boston Dividends in Bank and other Stocks— Baltimore Dividends on City Loans, Banks, and other Stocks — Our Commercial Relations with France, etc....................................................................................... 192-199 VO L. X X .-----NO. I I . 9 130 CON TEN TS OF N O. I I . , V O L . XX, PASS JOURNAL OF B A N K I N G , C U R R E N C Y AND F I N A N C E , History o f the Coinage o f the United States....................................................................................................... Am ount o f Coinage at the Mint o f the United States in the several Denominations o f Coin from the Commencement o f its operations........................................................................... .......................................... Amounts o f Deposites o f Gold at the Mint o f the U. S. and its Branches from Mines in the U. S . .. Debt and Finances o f Indiana.............................................................................................................................. Value arising from Coinage o f G. Britain from 1837 to 1847.— Silver from Congesberg Mines, Norway Resources and Liabilities o f the State Bank o f Indiana in November, 1848.............................................. Condition o f the Massachusetts Savings Banks, September, 1848.................................................................. Condition o f the Banks o f the City o f Baltimore on the 1st January 1849 ................................................. Assay o f California Gold at the Branch Mint, N. O. By W m , P. II o r t , Assayer.—Hours o f Protest.. COMMERCIAL 200 201 205 206 207 208 208 209 209 STATISTICS. Lumber surveyed at Bangor, Maine, during 1848............................................................................................... Ship-building in Portland from 1845 to 1848, inclusive.................................................................................... Baltimore Arrivals and Clearances o f Shipping in 1848.................................................................................. Exports o f Domestic Produce from Baltimore to each foreign Port in 1848................................................. Arrivals and Clearances o f the Port o f Boston from 1840 to 1848................................................................. Domestic Exports o f Boston to foreign Ports in 1848......................................................................................... Cotton imported into Boston from 1830 to 1848.—Receipts o f Breadstuff's at Boston from 1838 to 1848. Flour received at Boston from the Western Railroad in each month from 1844 to 1848........................... Receipts o f Tar, Turpentine, Oil, and Molasses at Boston from 1838 to 1848 ............................................ Inspections o f Pot and Pearl Ashes at Boston from 1845 to 1848.................................................................. Imports o f Coffee into Boston from 1843 to 1848............................................................................................... Value o f imports into, and duties paid at, Philadelphia from 1830 to 1848................................................... Receipts o f Cotton at Philadelphia from 1845 to 1848...................................................................................... Philadelphia exports o f Flour, Meal, and Grain from 1841 to 1848................................................................. Inspection o f different kinds o f T ob acco at Philadelphia from 1843 to 1848 ................................................ Inspection o f Quercitron Bark at Philadelphia from 1842 to 1848................................................................. 210 210 211 212 214 214 215 215 215 215 215 216 216 216 217 217 Philadelphia Grain Measurements from 1838 to 1848....................................................................................... Vessels and Passengers arriving at New York from 1835 to 1848................................................................... Import o f Virginia T ob a cco into the Port o f New York from 1839 to 1848............................................... Import o f Coal into the United States under the Tariffs o f 1842 and 1848 ................................................. Ship-building in N ew Y ork for the year ending January 1,1849................................................................... 217 218 219 219 219 RAILROAD, CANAL, AND S T E A M B O A T S T A T I S T I C S . Quantity and Value o f Merchandise which came to the Hudson on all the Canals during years 1847-48 Voyages o f the British Mail Steamers during the year 1848 ........................................................................... Schuylkill Navigation Company’s rates o f T oll for 1849 ................................................................................. Auburn and Rochester Railroad Receipts for 1847-48.—Progress o f Railroads in Massachusetts in 1849 220 221 222 222 COMMERCIAL REGULATIONS. Appraisal o f Merchandise, a Treasury Circular o f the United States........................................................... 223 Postal Treaty between the United States and Great Britain........................................................................... 225 Rio Janeiro Regulations Enforced.—Seizure o f Vessels at British Ports for Smuggling....................... .... 226 NAUTICAL INTELLIGENCE. Great Circle Sailing............................................................................................................................................... .. 227 Protection o f Ships from Damage by Lightning.—-Light-house at Understen in the Bay o f A lo m e l.. . 228 Light on the Norskaren, G ulf o f Bothnia.— Shivering Sand Buoy............................................................... 228 Light house at Darszer Ort.—Light on Heath Point......................................................................................... 228 Hetty Point, or Cape Capstan Light.—Light-boat in the Pass o f W ielingen............................................... 229 J O U R N A L OF M I N I N G A N D M A N U F A C T U R E S . Gold and other Precious M etals............................................................................................................................ 230 Success o f American Manufactures in India.................................. ................................................................. 231 Method o f Washing Gold dust in California................................................................................................. . . . 232 MERCANTILE MISCELLANIES. A Model Warehouse for Fancy G oods................................................................................................................ 232 T h e Philadelphia Mercantile Library Company................................................................................................. 233 THE BOOK TRADE. Comprehensive Notices o f Thirty-one N ew W orks, or New Editions.................................................. 235-240 MERCHANTS’ MAGAZINE AND COMMERCIAL REVIEW. FEBRUARY, 1 849. ART. I.— SURVEY OP THE COAST OP THE UNITED STATES. I t is a singular fact in the history o f our institutions, that whenever scientific projects have been recommended or entertained by the govern ment, they have constantly been resisted by Congress, at least by the popular branch o f it; that the appropriations for such purposes have al ways been granted with reluctance, and their aims and uses discussed with suspicion and disfavor. Nor has the effect o f such conduct on the part o f Congress been less uniform than its cause; for, as certainly as such establishments have once been formed and got footing, so certainly, notwithstanding the continued resistance o f the Representatives, have they grown and magnified themselves, until by their own influence, connec tions and patronage, they have not only secured their existence, but been able to defy all opposition. In regard to such institutions, c’ est le premier pas qui coute— once begun and there is no fear o f their future destiny. This state o f things has resulted mainly from the jealousy which the legis lature always entertain o f executive usurpation, and which has compelled the latter to advance projects both honorable, necessary, and o f public utility, under covert and feigned pretences. The first organization o f such projects has therefore been defective, inasmuch as it has generally been both inapplicable and inadequate, and the original evil has been aug mented and perpetuated by the unavailing opposition o f Congress. As examples o f the truth o f what has been stated, we may refer to the Military Academy and the Coast Survey, with its not less important and expensive accompaniment o f Weights and Measures. The first o f these institutions was originally a voluntary association of officers o f the army for scientific improvement, commenced in 1802, under the patronage and direction o f General Williams, then Chief of the Corps o f Engineers. It has gradually attained its present rank and usefulness, but has not been the less an example o f the truth o f our remark, as to legislative opposition. Its origin was obliged to be masked as a private 132 Survey o f the Coast o f the United Stales. military association, not deriving any support from the government. For several years its appropriations were trifling and covert, and subsequently it has more than once been a subject o f legislative censure, and the funds necessary for its support been in no little jeopardy. The other scientific work to which we have alluded (the Coast Sur vey) escaped notice for several years, owing to the time necessarily spent in preparation and procuring instruments; to the excitement o f the war, in which the country was then engaged ; and to the state o f public know ledge then existing upon such subjects.* At that time the word “ survey” conveyed the notion o f a temporary and limited operation; and the gen eral idea then might have been, and probably was, that the coast o f the United States could be surveyed for all practical purposes, in the same time, and in much the same manner, as Landers’ exploration o f Africa, or Ross, Wilkes, Parry, and Franklin’s surveys o f the Polar regions. As soon, however, as the survey o f the coast came under the surveillance o f the House o f Representatives, it underwent a domiciliary visit, became the subject o f unfavorable and mistaken animadversion, and was sus pended within a year after actual operations had been commenced. After an interruption o f fifteen years it was recommenced in 1832, under the patronage o f that President whose will, sometimes following, and some times coercing public opinion, has left so many traces among the affairs o f the time. Since then, the Coast Survey has underwent a scrutiny by the House o f Representatives, has once had its appropriations refused, and has maintained its position only by dint o f personal influence and exertion. O f the first o f these national institutions it is not now our intention to speak. It does not fall properly within the line o f our publication, the sub jects of which are more especially commercial. No charge or insinua tion has as yet been ever brought against it for lack o f proper or economical management. W e believe it to be essentially necessary to the culture and reputation o f the country, and heartily wish it continued success. In regard to the other, the case is entirely different. Although its proper execution require high knowledge o f the principles o f science and o f practical methods, with which we do not possess an extensive or inti mate acquaintance, yet its purposes and results are decidedly commercial, and are fairly connected with the interests o f the portion o f the commu nity who are our patrons; and we propose in the present paper to take some notice o f the work in ah economical point o f view, in regard to its expense, its management, and its results. Until recently, such a notice would have been premature. While the work was yet struggling for its existence, with small appropriations, a superintendent, who, though o f high scientific character, was nevertheless a foreigner, and somewhat im practicable in his habits, it would have been found difficult to procure sufficient data upon which to form an unbiased opinion. Within the last four years, the case has become entirely different. The annual appro * T he language used in the different public documents o f this period, sufficiently indi cate the views o f the government. T o survey “ the coast, with the adjacent shoals and soundings,” (A ct o f 1807,) “ and shall be deemed to provide fo r the survey o f the coasts o f Florida,” (A ct o f 1832.) This last provision o f the Congress o f 1832, in regard to the coast o f Florida, seems nonsense now, when without either notice or authority, a party o f the Coast Survey has been dispatched to California, before any other act o f sovereignty had been exercised by the government. Survey o f the Coast o f the United States. 133 priation growing regularly, year by year, is now more than eight times its original amount, making, with the increase derived from the Navy Department, and the Revenue Bureau o f the Treasury Department, a gross sum o f near $300,000. In this case, with a fleet of sixteen sail, a personnel greater than either o f the staff corps of the army, and the super intendence in the hands o f a person, whose connections are amongst the most influential o f the nation, it seems the duty of some one journalist to give the public notice o f a work in which malversations may be so easily screened from observation, and the proper execution o f which affects so deeply the interests o f commerce and the country. It is, perhaps, the more necessary to present such a notice now, not only because some at tempts at an investigation o f the concerns o f the Survey, made during the last session o f Congress, seem to have been put down in a way which indicated the exertion o f official and personal influence, and be cause, so far as the press has as yet been concerned, the notices have as sumed so decidedly the character which is usually denominated puffing, as to indicate very certainly from what source they have emanated.* W e shall endeavor to make this notice as brief as possible, relying mainly, if not wholly, upon the printed documents o f the Survey, or such equally public information as may at least easily be submitted to inspec tion and reference. The law authorizing the survey of the coast was passed February 10th, 1807. The words indicate distinctly that it was intended chiefly for maritime purposes, and those o f defence ; and that a geodetique operation, such as was commenced under its authority, had not been contemplated or understood by the government. The law appropriated $50,000 for the Survey, which is to be executed under the direction o f the President. Nothing was done under this au thority till May, 1811, when Professor Hassler xvas sent to England to procure the necessary instruments. They were made principally in Eng land, under his own direction, and he returned with them to this country in October, 1815. Much fault seems to have been found with Mr. Hassler, on account o f the time spent on this mission; but when we consider the state o f the world at that time, engaged as it then was in a general war, and that the manufacture o f instruments, o f the delicacy required in such opera tions, was then in its infancy, the time consumed does not appear unrea sonable. The agent appears also from his correspondence to have been neglected, and left unfurnished o f means, producing considerable delay and increased expense. The whole expense incurred in procuring the instruments amounted to $37,549. After a good deal o f preliminary discussion, and some delay in waiting for the appropriation, Mr. Hassler was appointed in May, 1816, to super intend the Survey. The rest o f that year was spent in organizing and reconnoitring, so that active operations in the field did not commence till May, 1817. In that year a beginning was made in the neighborhood o f * T he most important o f these notices are an article from the Princeton Review, for April, 1845, entitled the Coast Survey ; another o f the ensuing year from Silliman’s Jour nal ; and a third in the American Almanac for 1849. T he first o f these was written by Professor Henry., and the two last by Lieut. C. H. Davis, o f the navy. The two first were printed in a pamphlet form, and circulated very extensively among members o f Congress a nd others. W e suppose it is intended to make the same disposition o f the last. 134 Survey o f the Coast o f the United States. N ew York, and much work done. A large surface o f the most important part of the coast had been covered with primary and secondary triangles, pyrometrical experiments made for determining the expansion o f the bars to be used in measuring the bases, two bases approximately measured, and a sufficient advance made in the work both to develope what might have been defective in its conception, and to suggest the proper remedy. But the work thus done was only preliminary, and showed no actual resuit to the country. The superintendent had been busily engaged in laying the foundation o f an extensive building, but the government expected a furnished house. In consequence, a bill was passed in April, 1818, prohibiting the employ ment in the Survey o f other persons than officers o f the army and navy, which at once deprived the superintendent o f his position, and put an end to the work. This unfortunate conclusion, though it may be justly attrib uted to the misinformation o f the Secretary o f the Treasury, was never theless in great part due to other causes. The peace of 1815 had left large numbers of military engineers, whose corps had been much aug mented during the preceding wars o f the continent, without professional employment; and the governments to which they belonged, particularly that o f France, with prudent foresight, instead o f diminishing these estab lishments, directed their energies into a new channel, and employed them in works o f public improvement. A French engineer officer o f high rank had been engaged by the general government to project a system o f fortifications on the coast and frontier, and several officers o f inferior grade were employed upon the public works in N ew York and elsewhere. Under such circumstances, it was but natural that the officers o f our own army and navy should look upon a work like the Coast Survey as their peculiar property, and endeavor to place themselves at its head ; and there is no doubt that the suspension o f the work at that day, was in a great measure due to the operation o f such a feeling. The law o f 1818 authorized the employment o f officers o f the army and navy, and some detached surveys were made by them ; but there was no general system. The works done were unconnected, executed by differ ent persons and different methods, without any supervision, and, as may naturally be expected, at great expense, and to little purpose. The original project was lost sight o f altogether, and the department having charge o f it did not, in its annual report, deign a notice either o f its ex istence or demise. For a few years the superintendent was retained in the public employ ment as Astronomer, under the commission for fixing the boundary under the 5th article o f the Treaty o f Ghent; and though in straitened circum stances, continued to maintain a high character, both for science and in tegrity, throughout the country. In 1818 an account o f pyrometrical ex periments, made on the Bars o f the Base apparatus, was published in the transactions o f the American Philosophical Society without attracting much attention.* In 1825 there was published, through the same medi um, “ Papers on various subjects connected with the Coast Survey,” which, though communicated in 1820, were not published till that year, and in deed would probably not have been published in these transactions at all, * This volume, though bearing the date o f 1818, was probably not published till a year or two afterwards. Survey o f the Coast o f the United States. 135 had they not been asked for publication by another journal. These papers attracted immediate attention in Europe, as both the instruments and methods, though ten years had then elapsed since their construction and adaptation, were confessedly in advance o f the science o f the time. The Bulletin des Sciences, the Revue Encyclopedique, the Astronomische Nachrichten, immediately noticed, in terms o f the highest commen dation, the description o f a work, which in our own country was published with much reluctance in the only scientific journal then in existence. During the last years o f Mr. Adams’ administration, the attention o f Congress had been directed to the great discrepancy existing among the standards o f weights and measures in use throughout the country; and in the second year o f the succeeding presidency, (May, 1830,) a resolution was passed directing an examination and comparison o f the various meas ures then in use at the different custom-houses. This examination was entrusted to Mr. Hassler by the then Secretary o f the Treasury, Mr. S. D . Ingham, o f Pennsylvania. Few o f the statesmen o f this or o f other nations, have been men o f attainments in science. Neither the education nor pursuits o f such men lead them among material agencies, and when they have to deal with scientific subjects, the governing motive is generally a regard to their own popularity and aggrandizement. A secretary who had earned his po sition from a regard to economy and thrift, would be apt to strangle pro jects o f this character by stinting their means; while a mere politician would put them more directly to the same use, as opportunities o f exer cising patronage and rewarding his adherents. When the project for re forming the standards originated, it was fortunate that the country had such a man as Mr. Ingham at the head o f the Treasury Department. With more knowledge o f science than usually falls to the lot o f secre taries, he was nevertheless practical in all his views, and as a manufac turer and a man o f business familiar with the wants and interests o f the industrial and commercial classes. Had the examination been entrusted to an uninformed or empirical person, the results would have been un satisfactory for ultimate determinations, and the standards might have re mained in the same state as at first. The measures used, particularly those o f the yard, bushel, and gallon, were gross and unequal, not en titled to, and scarce susceptible of, the nice comparisons to which they were subjected. Mr. Hassler, however, was aware o f the importance o f the subject, and the methods to be employed. There being no sufficiently accurate balances in the country, he had constructed here sets o f hydro static balances, by which all delay in waiting for those o f the ordinary construction was avoided, and determinations even more accurate were arrived at. The execution o f this work brought him to Washington, where his skill, industry, and resources, fell more directly under the eye of the heads o f government, and he was better able to explain what had actually been done in the unfortunately pretermitted survey o f the coast. About this time, too, (or, indeed, several years before,)* the army, by whom, even according to the law o f 1818, the survey o f the coast might have been continued, began to fear lest one o f their important privileges, that o f conducting the survey, might not have become forfeited by disuser. The survey o f the coast began again to be spoken of, its discontinuance * Vide Col. Roberdeau’s paper, read before the Columbian Institute December, 1826. 136 Survey o f the Coast o f the United States. regretted. Mr. Ingham, while in office, and even after his retirement, continued to exert his influence in recommending it to public considera tion ; and Mr. Southard, Mr. Clay, and other distinguished persons, also lent their influence to recommence the work. The detailed report o f the examination o f weights and measures, made in January, 1832, showed in a clear light, the science, skill, and resources o f Mr. Hassler, as well as the injustice which the government had been guilty o f towards him in 1818. Finally, the project o f renewing the sur vey upon the original plan attracted the favorable notice o f the President and Congress, and in July, 1832, a law was passed removing the restric tion which had limited its execution to officers of the army and navy, and appropriating $20,000 for the expenditure o f that year. Mr. Hassler was appointed superintendent in August, 1832, and continued in the office till his death, in November, 1843. It can easily be conceived, that a project, recommenced under such pe culiar circumstances, must be embarrassed at its outset. The army or navy, or either o f them, had been authorized, under the law o f 1818, to continue the survey, and to have asked appropriations for such purposes, which would as certainly have been granted. They had, however, not done so. They neither recommended any new plan of operations, nor fol lowed the one which had been already marked out by the first superin tendent ; and when the work recommenced, they found themselves in a position, which a little foresight on their part might have made less un pleasant. They were obliged, for a time, at least, (and after a prepara tion o f fourteen years,) to become subordinate, instead o f leading ; and the aspirations from this quarter were more than sufficient to disturb the atmosphere about the superintendent at the recommencement of his labors, and suffered no diminution during its continuance. In September, 1832, Mr. Hassler commenced the survey with only two assistants, a lieutenant o f infantry and a passed midshipman. The op erations of this year were limited to finding and establishing signals at the points used in 1817. In the succeeding year he took the field with a larger party, but much delay was experienced in consequence of the ne cessity o f bringing together and repairing the instruments o f the collection o f 1815, which had been used at different places, and by different per sons. In the succeeding year a base was measured on Fire Island beach, and a naval party, under the command o f Commander Gedney, added to the work. The personnel o f the Survey went on increasing from year to year, as the organization improved and extended itself, till 1843, (the year o f Mr. Hassler’s death,) when there were employed twenty-seven civil assistants, and about eighteen officers o f the navy, four vessels being then engaged in sounding. During the period o f Mr. Hassler’s superintendence, the main triangu lation had been carried from Point Judith to below Philadelphia, in the Delaware ; and the secondary triangulation, commencing at the same point northward, and covering the sea-coast, as well as the shores of Long Island Sound and the Delaware, reached southward as far as Capes May and Henlopen, and to Annapolis in the Chesapeake. A reconnaissance had also been made in North Carolina, and the site of a base been selected upon which to ground the work in that quarter. Four sheets o f the large map o f New York Bay and harbor were fin- Survey o f the Coast o f the United States. 137 Ished, ana' the reduced sheets o f New York Bay and Long Island were ready for the engraver, as well as the whole o f Delaware Bay.* The soundings o f the outer coast had been carried far enough seaward for purposes o f navigation, and the work was progressing in a manner both efficient and creditable. The weights and measures intended for the custom-houses had been completed, and preliminary steps taken to commence those intended for the States. A set o f decimal ounce weights had been made for the Mint. Copies of the new standards, with a large balance o f the most delicate construction, had been presented to the Brit ish government, in the hope o f procuring copies o f the new English stand ards in return ; a hope which, however, has not yet been realized. The whole amount o f appropriations for the Survey from its commence ment being $881,549, to which is to be added about $287,000 for equip ments and pay o f the naval parties employed in sounding.f During the whole o f this period o f eleven years, there seems to have arisen an uninterrupted series o f misunderstandings between the different departments to whom the execution o f the work was entrusted, and the Superintendent o f the Survey. These misunderstandings gave rise to a vexatious correspondence, generally about matters o f small moment, and almost always terminating in the department conceding the point which had occasioned the dispute. The general superintendence o f the work, as concerning most intimately the commercial interests o f the country, had originally been assigned to the Treasury Department; but within two years after its recommencement in 1832, it had been transferred to the Navy Department, and again at short notice sent back to the Treasury. These changes were doubtless made to avoid difficulties in the settlement o f accounts, where the usages’ o f one department having reference to a particular class o f expenditure, may, in some cases, be more available than those o f another. This expedient tended, however, rather to em barrass then to facilitate. No new branch o f the public service can ever at once cone fairly under general regulation as to its accounts, and it re quires time '.o fix rules which will prevent fraud and abuses, without ham pering and rendering inefficient the officers in their more important duties. Had the suspended accounts o f the Survey been left subject to the decision o f the Auditors and Comptrollers o f the Treasury, the work would have been ended ere it had well began.j; At this time, as is the case in all * Some slight elunge in the conformation o f the shores near Sandy H ook were dis covered, and the pines left by Mr. Hassler were altered accordingly. This occasion ed a correspondence between the Chamber o f Commerce o f N ew York and the Su perintendent o f the Ctast Survey, and made the name o f the new superintendent ne cessary upon the sheets o f the old work. A t Sandy H ook, the shores within a certain limit are never two vtars precisely alike— Spermaceti Cove and Shrewsbury Bay al ternately advancing and receding, and occasionally running into each other. It was an approximation o f this kird that enabled Col. M’ Lane, then o f N ew Jersey, during the war o f the Revolution, togive N ew Y ork notice o f the approach o f a British fleet. t Part o f appropriation ixpended for instruments during the following years:— 1807.................... $37,54) 1 1835..................... $30,000 1840.......... ........ $100,000 1818.................... 24,000 1836.................... 80,000 1841.......... ........ 100,000 1832.................... 20,000 1837.................... 60,000 1842.......... ........ 100,000 1833.................... 20.000 11838.................... 90,000 1843.......... ....... 100,000 1834.................... 30,000 |1839.................... 90,000 t The following is the opinion o f one o f the most talented officials o f the Treasury in regard to purchases:— “ The passage relied upon t* justify the purchase o f horses, carriages, books, instru- 138 Survey o f the Coast o f the United Stales. new services, there were many causes o f difference between the disburs ing and accounting officers. The superintendent’s compensation became early a subject o f discussion. It had originally been fixed at #3,000 per annum o f salary, and $1,500 for personal expenses, including subsistence, travelling, and postage.* An additional allowance o f $1,500 was made with great reluctance, when the superintendent became charged with the construction of the new standards. Another matter producing difficulty, was the necessity o f procuring new instruments, for which specific au thority was necessary from the department. The instruments o f the col lection o f 1815, which had survived the intermission o f seventeen years, from that time to the recommencement o f the Survey in 1832, were found insufficient when the work extended itself, and others were required. Explanations were asked and made, and sometimes not understood ; and so strict were the rules adopted, that an almanac or a thermometer could scarce be purchased without an authorization. The first vessel used for the sounding parties, instead o f being furnished by the Treasury Department, was charged, with all its equipments, to the appropriation for the Survey, and that too at a time when that appropria tion for the year amounted only to $20,000, presenting a singular con trast with the conduct o f the same department now, where vessels and equipages, constructed and hired for another branch o f the public service, amounting to at least $240,000, have been transferred to the use o f the Coast Survey without even a passing remark. Under the superinten dence o f Mr. Hassler the case was entirely different. The Department, the Superintendent, and the Legislature, seem to have been at continual variance, though the appropriation was "not then half o f what it is now, and at least as much work was done in eVery year as there has ever been done since. In 1842, so much discontent was manifested by the public at this continued bickering, that the House o f Representatives appointed a committee to investigate the whole subject. This comreittee made a partial report through one o f its members, accompanied with sundry recommendations, which was, however, never acted upon. In the suc ceeding year the appropriation was at first refused, and only granted upon condition that it should be expended in conformity with a »lan to be sub mitted to the President by a board o f officers who were designated for the purpose. This board met soon after, and reported a plai, which (except a few unimportant alterations, attended to only for the succeeding year) left the matter very much where it was. It was evident that this lack o f co-operation between the Department and the Superintendent, as well as the misunderstanding and opposition o f Congress, did not proceed so much from any opinioi that the work had been in any way mismanaged, as from the intrigues and ill offices o f ex ments, & c., is found in the letter o f the Secretary o f the Treasury, dated 3d August, 1816, and is in the words following, viz:— ‘ Y ou will be prowled with competent assist ants o f officers and men from the corps o f engineers and frtm the navy, with tents and field equipages, wagons and homes, &c. ’ This clause, it would seem evident, does not authorize the purchase o f anything. Mr. Hassler is to be povided, he is not to purchase or provide himself.” — L etter o f the 4th Auditor, Oct., 1831. Under the present regula tion, the approval o f the Superintendent o f the Survey is til that is required to pass any account. * T he salary o f the present superintendent is $7,500, ride official register. This was contradicted last winter, but an investigation, it is belfeved, will sustain the authority o f the Blue Book. Survey o f the Coast o f the United States. 139 pedants, who had been disappointed, or aspirants for whom there was not room. The continued turmoil and disturbance which had beset the superintendent from the commencement o f his duties, acting upon a tem perament naturally mercurial and sensitive, had gradually undermined his health ; and in November, 1843, in consequence o f exposure in the field, he died suddenly, in the seventy-third year o f his age, leaving vacant a situation, which, when he first received it, he was perhaps the only man in the country fully competent to fill. As might have been expected, on the occurrence o f so important a va cancy, there were a large number o f applicants for the succession. The assistants in the Survey, some o f whom had been thirty years in the public service, were overlooked and rated merely as clerks, a race o f functionaries who have been held from time immemorial as disqualified for any further advancement, and are merely continued in office as marks o f reference, and living indicia o f the acts o f the succession o f chiefs under whom they have served. The successful candidate, or the one who pro duced the greatest amount o f personal influence, was Professor Bache, the present superintendent, who had been for several years the president o f the then inchoate Girard College, and at that time occupied the chair o f Natural Philosophy and Chemistry in the University o f Pennsylvania. Doctor Bache was then known as a clever lecturer, but out o f Philadel phia, his scientific reputation depended mainly, if not altogether, upon his preface to Brewster’s Optics, an avowed compilation from works on the same subject o f more distinguished authors, and a Report on Education, made to the trustees o f the Girard College, which was published by them with reluctance, and o f which it may be said, that if the details were gathered with great expense and labor during a long visit to Europe, the maxims inferred might as well have been taken from the Parent’ s A s sistant. But what might be deficient in reputation and skill, was more than made up by influence. The new superintendent, immediately on assuming his position, made several important changes among the personnel of the Survey, the final re sult o f which had then probably been calculated or foreseen only by him self. The regulation submitted by the board for reorganizing the Survey only a year before, which directed a monthly return o f operations in the field, was dispensed with altogether, and in its stead a return was directed to be made to the superintendent, resembling very much the monthly re turns from primary schools, the uses o f which were not developed until some time after. Assistants, who had but a few months before been ap pointed by the department to perform certain duties, were assigned to em ployments with which they were less familiar. These changes, as the results manifested soon after, could have been made with no pther intent than to excite discontent and dissatisfaction, and occasion some action or remark, which, being reported to the department as insubordinate, might give pretence for a removal, and make room for an adherent. W e re frain from saying much on this subject, out o f feelings o f delicacy to those concerned, and trusting that an investigation may be had before long, which will give the public some insight into this part o f the subject. Soon after this, a permission given by the department to have calcula tions made by persons not belonging to the Survey, and engaged in other employments, which permission was not spoken o f till the year afterwards, allowed the superintendent to increase to almost any extent his official 140 Survey o f the Coast o f the United Stales. patronage, without making any exhibit either o f the names or functions o f the auxiliaries.* But a regulation o f still greater importance, and which cleared the way at once for disbursements o f any description, is described page 44 o f the Report o f 1845 :— “ The disbursements o f each party are made by the chief, and the accounts then pass into the hands o f a general disbursing agent, by whom they are first audited under the regulations o f the Treasury Department. They then undergo an administrative ex amination by the superintendent, and if they have passed these two audits, are forwarded by the general disbursing agent to the First Auditor o f the Treasury.” This regulation made the Coast Survey at once a bureau of the Treasury Department, the method of audit being precisely the same as that o f any other bureau. W hile under the former superintendent, even the smallest purchases were objected to, unless made by permission o f the department; this effectually removed every obstruction, and re lieved the auditor entirely from the discussion o f a very complicated budget o f accounts. The lodgment thus made was speedily fortified, and in the official register next issued, the Superintendent of the Coast Survey fig ures above all the auditors, as the officer of*third rank in the department ;f giving thus a very incontrovertible evidence that the Coast Survey has now no fear o f opposition, and is destined to become a permanent estab lishment. Indeed, its parties, without any authority but that o f the de partment, and leaving seven-eighths o f the older settled and more danger ous coasts untouched, have already been sent to the countries only ac quired or conquered during the last year, and are triangulating in Mexico and California— “ On ne arrete pas dans un si heau chem in.'f Congress may debate upon the propriety o f legislating for their new territories, or providing them with governments, but to the operations o f the Coast Sur vey there is neither obstacle nor end. In taking the field in 1844, the superintendent assumed the northern portion o f the Survey, which had been carried to Point Judith by his pre decessor, under the immediate charge o f one o f the principal assistants. The accuracy o f the work thus far had been verified by the last, line o f the triangulation, agreeing, within a very small limit, (a fraction o f a foot,) with the same line o f Mr. Borden’ s triangulation, made for the survey o f Massachusetts, and depending on another base.§ In taking this part o f the field, instead o f leaving it to the assistant, who had so honorably and judiciously managed the preceding and more difficult part o f the opera tion, the superintendent not only secured himself an easy and healthy country to operate in, but he had before him the points already established by Mr. Borden, each marked with a monument. He had also Mr. Bor-*§ * A n example o f the extreme rapidity with which computation is done under the pre sent superintendence, it may be stated that the recomputation o f the base of 1844, first computed by the assistants in the field, while the work was doing, have only been recom puted in 1847— P a g e 48, Report o f 1847. t It may be said o f this as o f the superintendent’s salary, that it is a mistake of the Blue Book. That book never errs on that side. t The coast o f California is now more accurately surveyed than any of our own coast, except what has been covered by the Coast Survey, about one-eighth of the whole, count ing from Passamaquoddy to the mouth o f the R io Grande. § This close agreement o f Mr. Blunt’s with Mr. Borden’s work is nowhere spoken o f in the Coast Survey reports ; nor is there a single atom o f credit given to Mr. Borden, though it. is said that he was one o f the applicants for the superintendence, and withdrew his claim in Dr. Bache’s favor. Survey o f the Coast o f the United States. 141 den’s results to compare always with such as he might derive himself; and moreover, he had with him one o f Mr. Borden’s assistants, who knew the country, and thus spared him any trouble o f reconnaissance. Indeed, it is known that an attempt made by this assistant to change a principal line o f Borden’ s triangulation, though made at great expense and loss o f time, altogether failed ; thus showing clearly the ability with which the points o f the previous triangulation had been selected. The superintendent, in the four years o f his personal field-work, has scarce yet passed the limit in which Mr. Borden had preceded him ; and if it be ever judicious in such matters to raise questions of economy, it might be well worth ask ing whether the work done in the field by the present superintendent, at immense expense, has been necessary at all.* T o the assistants were assigned the more southern portions o f the work, and two bases o f veri fication, near the extremities o f the triangulation which had been fur nished by Mr. Hassler, were measured by them in 1844. Upon the appearance o f the annual report o f the superintendent in 1844, the system o f management which was to be adopted began to develope itself and the purport o f the new regulations became intelligible. The most important regulation made by the board o f 1843, and the only one which materially changed the pre-existing usage in the Survey, was that which directed monthly reports from the assistants, o f the strength o f their parties, and the progress o f their w ork.f These reports were re commended by the board, for the purpose o f avoiding any loss o f results from casualty. It was a precaution which had been used in the topo graphical bureau since 1825, and was recommended by the second officer o f that corps, who was a member o f the board of reorganization in 1843, simply on the ground that it prevented any chance o f loss, and gave to the superintending bureau at once the details o f the work executed in the field. Such had been the practice under the reorganization in 1843. The chiefs o f parties sent their results to the department to avoid loss by accident, and a statement of the strength of their parlies as a criterion by which the disbursements for the season might be regulated, and the parties extended or withdrawn, in proportion to the funds. Under the new system, these reports were changed, both in their direction and character. They were to exhibit a meteorological journal o f the weather, and an account o f the em ployment o f each d ay; and instead o f going to the department, accord ing to the regulation, they were sent to the superintendent. From these data he was to collate, at the end o f each year’s work in the field, the number o f angles measured, o f square miles reconnoitred, or surveyed or sounded by each party; and to determine, by arithmetical computation, the industry or skill which had been used by each assistant in the discharge o f his duty. It will be at once evident that such an estimate o f service is scarcely applicable in a primary school, where the studies prescribed are the same, * A t the stations o f the main triangulation, under the present superintendence, there are usually thirty tents, with the corresponding equipage. + “ The chiefs o f parties, whether engaged upon the .land or hydrographic operations, shall make, on the first day o f every month, reports showing the strength o f their respec tive parties, and the progress in the work during the preceding month.” — (P lan f o r the reorganization o f the Coast Survey, A rt. X II.) “ The reports required by the 12th article o f the plan o f the board, to be made by the chiefs o f parties on the first day o f every month, will be made directly to the Treasury Department.” — (Arrangements and Directions, A rt. V II.) 142 Survey o f the Coast o f the United States. and the differences to be determined are the quantities either o f tal ent or o f diligence which have been applied in their acquirement. But in a work like the Survey o f the Coast, prosecuted in various localities, a simple reconnaissance, requiring in one place more skill and time and la bor than a triangulation in another. The qualities o f the atmosphere, in some places reasonably transparent, and in others almost constantly im pervious by fog and vapor, aiding or retarding the exertions o f the most skilful operator, and the means both o f subsistence and o f transportation varying in a still more unequal proportion, it were the height either o f folly or imposture to presume that equal means and equal appliances would produce equal results. Yet such was the standard assumed by the super intendent as an estimate of the quantity o f work done by each o f the par ties, and o f the relative merits o f the chiefs who had directed their opera tions. In his reports to the department, the number o f observations made, the number o f square miles covered, either by reconnaissance, tri angulation, topography, or sounding, are all that are presented for con sideration, no regard being had either to health, climate, or the character o f the season.* This use o f mere quantity is a favorite arithmetical process, used chiefly by retired school-masters. It is an exhibition to advantage o f the cumu lative power o f numbers, and delights in solving such problems as to de termine the length, in inches, of cotton thread, which would encircle the globe, or how many loaves o f bread a man must eat in seventy years ; but is too gross and unmeaning to be applied in any case, even o f common importance. It was not, however, used unwittingly by the Su perintendent o f the Coast Survey. He seems to have had a full sense o f its value, and o f the purposes which it might be made to subserve. Under this estimation o f character, when an assistant became obnoxious, it was merely necessary to send him to a bad atmosphere, with an in different or defective apparatus, and the monthly report would be taken as evidence against him, furnished by himself, f This plan o f operation was made fatal to one o f the assistants, in 1846, and severely affected another in the succeeding year. But if this application o f the numerical theory to the work o f the as sistants has been productive o f important results both to them and to the superintendent, there is another application o f the same kind, which is o f as much importance to the public. In the first report o f the superin tendent, it was stated that operations in the past year had been carried on in nine different States, and that they would be extended in the year then current, to three or four others.— (Page 3 o f the Report o f 1844.) They have been further extended in each successive year, till now they * T he value attached to this numerical estimate will be sufficiently evident by the fol lowing extract from the Coast Survey article in the American Almanac for 1849, page 7 1 “ The amount o f results now obtained is double that under the form er plan, fo r an increase o f 50 p er cent in the cost.” t This assistant presented journals containing 15,800 readings o f an instrument, among which were detected twenty-six misreadings, o f one minute. He presented, from these premises, 1,900 results, o f which he had rejected thirty-seven. T he number o f misreadings o f one minute (an error usual in such observations) would, in ordinary cases, have been noted only for its paucity. Nevertheless, these defects were quite sufficient to answer the purpose o f the superintendent. The assistant was unceremoniously removed, after a long term, (near thirty years o f public service,) and at a time o f life when this de privation involved almost certain ruin. Survey o f the Coast o f the United States. 143 embrace eighteen States ; and we are informed, in the paper on the Coast Survey in the American Almanac, that this coming year the whole o f the Atlantic coast will be occupied by detached parties o f the Survey o f the Coast.— ( Vide American Almanac, p. 77.) And we learn, from another unprinted authority, that similar parties have been already sent to Mexico and California. This imposing array o f States, exhibited as new centres o f operation, is as false a use o f figures as can anywhere be found. It is intended to mislead the public as to the quantity o f work actually done, by enumerating a long list o f places, in which a sextant may have been uncovered, or a lead thrown ; and its only tendency upon the interest o f the Survey has been to increase the official patronage o f the superintendent on the one hand, and distract and render it unproductive on the other. T o strip the statements o f the superinten dent o f their fallacy, it is only necessary to state, that in six o f the nine States enumerated in the first report o f the superintendent, the Survey might be considered as completed, before his superintendence began ; while the work done in the nine additional States, during the five years which he has been in the office, may be stated as follows :— In Massachusetts, the triangulation o f Mr. Borden has been repeated, this being almost the only field-work in which the superintendent has been engaged. O f this we have already spoken as an operation, the ne cessity o f which might well be questioned at any tim e; but when seveneighths o f the more dangerous coast is yet unsurveyed, and the only reason for undertaking this portion o f the Survey at present seems to be the per sonal convenience o f the superintendent, it assumes a much more excep tionable character. In addition, the Survey o f the Chesapeake has been continued southward to below the mouth o f the Potomac. The Albe marle and Croatan Sounds have been triangulated, (without a base,) and the topography partially finished. The Mississippi Sound, from Pasca goula to Mobile, has been partially surveyed, and a triangulation and sounding has been commenced in Mobile Bay. O f the reconnaissances made in South Carolina and Texas, little need be said, as they were undertaken merely ad captandum; and the expense o f the operations, as nearly as can be judged from the report o f the superintendent, has only been about $7,000. I f the five years’ work o f the present superintendent, with a personnel at least twice as large as the largest ever employed under the previous superintendence— an appropriation more than eight times greater than that with which the work began, and nearly twice as large as that with which the former superintendence closed— and with vessels and equipages furnished by the Revenue Bureau o f the Treasury Department to the amount o f $240,000— be compared with the eleven years’ work done by his predecessor, it will be seen, even using the superintendent arithmet ical process, that there is but little difference in the proportional quanti ties o f work done. I exclude from this all comparison o f the area o f the primary triangulation. The reoccupation of Borden’s triangulation put the superintendent at once in the possession o f triangles, with sides o f from eighteen to seventy miles in length ; and superficial square miles by the thousand were covered with more ease than hundreds in any other portion o f the Survey. In the meantime, the outer and more dangerous coast, from Cape Henlopen to Cape Charles, (upon which, a short time since, a vessel o f war 144 Survey o f the Coast o f the United States. was nearly wrecked,) has not been touched. The still more dangerous coast about Cape Hatteras, for the accurate survey of which the work in North Carolina was first commenced, has been altogether neglected.* And while a reconnaissance of the coast o f Texas figures largely in the annual report of the superintendent, the geographical position o f Galves ton Bay is known to be uncertain, to an extent alike shameful and dan gerous. But to arrive more conclusively at the relative expenses and work done under the two superintendences, and also circumscribe somewhat the extent o f the paper, which has already exceeded the limits which were designed for it, we may refer to the following statistics, which are based either upon documents, or information acquired directly from authentic sources. And in making any comparison, it must be recollected that the term o f Mr. Hassler’ s superintendence should be reckoned only at eleven years, excluding altogether the year 1817, the operation o f that year having tended actually to retard, and not to advance the w o rk ; while that o f Dr. Bache’s (up to the term o f his last report) may be reckoned at about four years. The expenses o f the two terms must be divided into the actual annual appropriations authorized by law, and the amounts fur nished to each from other sources. The actual appropriations for Mr. Hassler, exclusive o f that for 1817, amounted to $857,549. The appropriations for each individual year have already been enumerated. The appropriations o f the same kind, for the four years o f Dr. Bache’s superintendence, amount to $449,000. f The appropriations derived from other sources must be inferred from the number o f vessels furnished by the Revenue Bureau o f the Treasury Department, and from the number o f officers and men detailed from the naval service. In 1843 the vessels employed in the Hydrography o f the Survey were as follows :— Brig Washington. | Cutter Nautilus. | Schooner Vanderbilt. | Schooner Jersey. T o these were attached eighteen naval officers, and about eighty men. The two first-named vessels were (it is believed) furnished by the Navy and Treasury Departments, and may be valued at $27,000. This branch o f the Survey having grown gradually from 1834, when it commenced with the schooner Jersey, till it reached the above establishment, the amount o f pay and subsistence cannot now be accurately ascertained, but may be set down at $260,000. Under Dr. Bache’s superintendence, the following vessels have been employed, with about thirty-two officers, and one hundred and fifty men :— * T he expenses already incurred in the Survey o f the interior sounds o f North Caro lina may be estimated at about $80,000. I f this sum had been expended in erecting light-houses, in lieu o f the light-boats now used in the sounds, the commercial interest would have been benefitted to a much greater extent than by the survey o f the shoal wa ters o f the interior. T he light-house system throughout the country is well known to be very imperfect; but in North Carolina it seems to have been neglected altogether. t The amount o f appropriations from 1843 to 1848 are as f o l l o w s 1844, $80,000 ; 1845, $ 1 1 2 ,0 0 0 ; 1846, 111,000; 1847, 146,000; total, four years, $ 4 4 9 ,0 0 0 ; 1848, 165,000. Brig Washington. Cutter Nautilus. “ Phoenix. Steamer James K. Polk. “ R . J. W alker. T w o other schooners, (names unknown,) making a fleet o f 1G sail. O f these vessels, the steamers, the cutter Phoenix, and the schooner Wave have been furnished,by the government, and their value may be set down at $240,000. The pay o f officers and men, estimated as closely as practicable, for the whole term o f four years, will amount to $204,000. The number o f civil assistants o f all classes, in the last year o f Mr. Hassler’s superintendence, was twenty-seven, o f which three were en gravers, and seven artificers and heliotropers.* Under the present head o f the Survey, as nearly as can be ascertained, the number is sixty-one, exclusive o f those employed temporarily. In arriving at this number, it has been necessary to go farther than the official Register, or Blue Book. But the authority is, nevertheless, authentic, and printed. In examining critically the reports o f the superintendent, particularly that for 1847, names enough will appear to make up the number, though excluded from the printed list o f the corps. In comparing the work executed under each superintendent, we have but short data on the part o f Mr. Hassler. The method so advanta geously pursued by his successor, o f superficial miles and numbers o f ob servations, made no part of his system. There is, in answer to a question proposed by the Committee o f Investigation in 1842, an estimate given o f the square miles o f primary triangulation from N ew Haven to Phila delphia, (Doc. 43 o f the H . R .) which states it at 3,577. An examina tion o f the maps and sketches, which are either part o f his official com munications, or can be otherwise obtained, will show that a superficies o f about 5,760 miles had been covered with primary triangulation during his superintendence. The superficial miles o f primary triangulation made by the present superintendent up to 1847, will, by his estimates, amount to 7,803 ; o f w'hich 6,532 are in the northern triangulation, the principal part of which had been previously executed by Mr. Borden, affording, without any trouble o f reconnaissance, sides o f from twenty to seventy miles in length, where a single triangle covers more surface than will be found in any other part o f the Survey in the work o f years. This sort o f comparison, instituted with great foresight by the present superintendent, is so mani festly absurd, as to require no other exposition o f its fallacy than simply to compare the quantities o f the northern and southern portions o f his own work. The one is 6,532, and the other 1,271. If, instead o f this method o f estimating, we compare either the length o f the shore-lines o f each work, or the surfaces covered by the secondary triangulation, we shall arrive at a safer judgment o f the mere matter o f quantity, though even then, such an estimate, made without regard to the nature o f the country and other circumstances, is entirely useless and un certain. A large map o f the United States is the only document neces sary to be referred to. * Heliotropers are persons used in managing an instrument called a heliotrope, for signals at distant points. V O L . X X .— N O . I I . 10 146 Survey o f the Coast o f the United States. From this it will appear that Mr. Hassler’s secondary triangulation, covering the outer coast and shores o f Long Island Sound, and extending southward to Cape Henlopen, has an area o f 8,100 square miles. Dur ing Dr. Bache’s superintendence, according to his own estimate, the sec ondary triangulation amounts to 2,723 square miles. If, leaving these technical and inapplicable methods, we examine merely the respective lengths o f outer sea-coast which has been surveyed, it will be seen that, under the first superintendence, there is a length o f two hundred and sixty miles, comprehending the dangerous and difficult coast o f N ew Jersey ; while that o f the present superintendent, extending prin cipally from Buzzard’s Bay round Cape Cod, shows only a length o f about eighty miles, and that, too, on a part o f the coast previously better known than any other o f its whole extent. It was wont to be the opinion that bold and rugged coasts were usually the safest, as affording capes and headlands for land-marks, or sites for beacons, warning the mariner o f danger, or indicating the approaches to his desired harbor. But at pres ent we are apprehensive, if the “ north countrie” continue to excel in the coming years as it has in the past, in luxuries both o f learning and living— tourists and taulog— savans and salmon— should its summers be as bracing and its winters as festive as heretofore, there will be no end to the discovery o f shoals about its rock-bound but blessed shores; and they will long be considered, by both mariners and hydrographers, as in finitely more dangerous than the sunken and sandy beaches o f the South, where the ship strikes before the land has been discovered ; and which are, for the greatest part o f the year, literally strewed with wrecks. I f these data be correct, (and those referring to expense must be very nearly so,) the following summary will show the relation between the economy o f the two superintendencies :— Direct appropriations......................... Constructive appropriations, vessels. T o ta l............................. Average expense o f 1 year. Mr. Hassler. Dr. Bache. $857,549 27,000 260,000 $449,000 240,000 204,000 $1,144,549 104,050 *$893,000 223,250 Vessels................................... 4 16 Civil assistants..................... Naval officerst..................... 27 18 Cl 33 45 94 5,760 8,100 260 7,803 2,723 80 Total. QUANTITY OF WORK. Primary triangulation............................. in square miles. Secondary triangulation..................................................... Line o f sea-coast........................................................miles According to this, the average annual expense o f the first superinten dence would be less than half that o f the other, and the actual amount o f work done, estimated by a plain and strictly just rule, would be in favor o f Mr. Hassler in about the proportion o f six to five ; while the increased * T he expense o f Dr. Bache’s superintendence up to the end o f this year will be about $ 1,112,000. t Officers o f the Army have also been, and are now, employed in the Survey. T heir number and terms o f service has recently been so uncertain that no reference has been made to them. Survey o f the Coast o f the United States. 147 number o f assistants has more than doubled the official patronage o f the superintendent. Thus much for the field-work o f the Survey. It remains that we take some notice o f the publication o f maps and charts, which are the expo nents o f its value to the country. At the time of Mr. Hassler’ s death, four sheets o f the large chart o f the Bay and Harbor of New York were engraved, and ready for publica tion. A reduced chart o f the same was also considerably advanced ; and the work in the Delaware, o f which the survey and soundings had been almost completed, had been reduced, and was ready for the copper. Up to the present time, the following charts have been published:— 6 sheets o f N ew Y ork Bay and Harbor. 3 sheets o f Delaware Bay. 1 sheet o f Harbor o f N ew London. “ “ N ew Bedford. “ “ N ew Haven. “ “ Bridgeport. .“ “ Black Rock. “ “ Holmes’ Hole. “ “ Tarpaulin Cove. 1 sheet o f Harbor o f Edgartown. “ “ Oyster Bay. “ “ South o f Cat Island. “ “ Annapolis. “ “ Little Egg. “ N ew South Shoal. ." “ Fisher’s Island Sound. “ Horn Island Channel. “ Entrance o f Mobile Bay. All these, with the exception o f New South Shoal, Horn Island Chan nel, Harbor South o f Cat Island, Tarpaulin Cove, Holmes’ Hole, and the entrance o f Mobile Bay, are grounded upon surveys o f the first superin tendence. The charts o f New York Harbor, o f Delaware Bay, and the southern shore o f Long Island, are the most important o f the series, and exhibit the greatest amount both o f topography and sounding. The chart o f Long Island is still incomplete ; and the sheets o f the Delaware were much delayed, for a reason which it will be necessary to mention. Some time between the years 1836 and 1840, the W ar Department directed an examination to be made o f the defences at the entrances o f the principal harbors. The officer who made this examination (Major Hartman Bache) discovered differences, which were deemed to be essen tial, in the topography delineated on the maps o f the Coast Survey, and the shores as actually found at that time. The most important o f these differences were understood to have been found at Sandy Hook, at the Narrows o f New York Harbor, and some other points o f Long Island, which came under the view o f the examining officer. It will be noticed that the low sandy beaches which characterize the whole line o f coast south o f Rhode Island, are but half formed, and subject to constant, and, in some cases, to periodical changes. The shores about Sandy Hook, particularly, having been more the subject o f observation than any other, undergo changes which can now be predicted with tolerable certainty. Charts o f such shores should contain, as a necessary piece o f information, the dates o f the surveys upon which they are founded. The differences at Sandy Hook were deemed o f so much importance, that the engraved sheets were corrected, and communications made public, indicating that the for mer survey was erroneous, and o f course laudatory o f the accuracy and acumen of the present superintendent. The discovery o f these differen ces induced an examination o f other portions o f the Survey, when other differences were discovered. Resurveys were directed, as is understood, over very extensive portions o f Long Island Sound and the Delaware, and the charts which had been partially engraved were altered, in conformity with the new surveys. This, it is understood, has delayed the execution 148 Survey o f the Coast o f the United States. and publication, both o f the charts o f Long Island Sound and the Bay of the Delaware. These resurveys over work which had already been done have been very extensive, and very slight differences have been made subject to ex amination and revision. On this we would remark, that in surveying with a Plane table, (the instrument used for the topography of the Coast Survey,) no two operators would produce precisely the same configuration of the shore or representation o f the topography; and the differences between the two maps thus produced would be greater in proportion to the irregularities o f the shore and surface. It cannot be expected that the topography o f the whole coast should be executed with the accuracy required as preliminary in military and civil constructions. Important differences should of course: be corrected ; but to examine every slight variation is to do what is both unnecessary and useless, because the second result, though differ ent, might be as inaccurate as the first; and the only process by which satisfactory surveys could be procured, with the plane table, would be to have each portion of the coast gone over by three different persons. If superintendents o f the Coast Survey are to succeed each other frequently, and each is to consider it a principal and primary part o f his duty to re view the works o f his predecessor, we apprehend that the survey would always be confined within the same limits, and that those limits would be found where the country is most thickly settled, and the climate most genial. But another matter, also expletive o f the morale o f the Survey o f the Coast, is entitled to more decided notice. The sheets o f the Delaware and Long Island were found erroneous, not only in the representations of the original field-maps, but in their first reduction to the paper— the reduc tion having been made principally by an assistant, then occupying the fifth place in the Survey. T o such an extent were the reductions found erro neous, that going over the work and planishing out the portions o f it which had been already engraved, has more than doubled the expense o f the charts, and delayed for about two years their publication. Yet, while other assistants have been removed or displaced for trifling or pretended causes, this assistant has been unceremoniously promoted over three o f his seniors in service and superiors in talent, and now occupies the second place in the Survey. W e had intended here to take a brief notice also o f the establishment for the construction o f weights and measures, in the same points o f view as we have examined the Coast Survey, that is, regarding the economy of its execution, but find that this is a subject which cannot be touched now. The disbursements have all been made under the authority o f a joint resolution, without either specific appropriation or prescribed method o f account. W e will close this notice o f the Coast Survey, which has much ex ceeded the limit originally intended for it, with the expression o f a hope that Congress may, before long, institute a close investigation into the management o f this important work. W e are aware that its proper ex ecution is important, as well to the interest o f science as to those o f com merce, and that it opens a wide field for the development and exercise o f talent. W e should wish to see this field fully occupied, affording space and opportunity for early exertion, and support and remuneration for long continued service. These, apart from the main design, are proper objects Laws o f Georgia with respect to Commercial Transactions. 149 to be kept in v ie w ; and thus managed, it would deserve and receive the patronage and support o f the country. The case, however, will be dif ferent, when these aims are forgotten ; when, for want o f the proper vis itation and supervision on the part o f the general government, a great pub lic work is monopolized by a particular clique or faction, is used for mer cenary or political purposes, for the indulgence o f private pique, or the aggrandizement o f personal and family influence. * j. Art. II.— IAW S OP GEORGIA WITH RESPECT TO COMMERCIAL TRANSACTIONS. A SYNOPSIS.* O F T H E S Y S T E M O F L A W S O F F O R C E I N T H I S S T A T E , A N D O F T H E I R O R IG IN . T h e laws of force in the State o f Georgia consist o f the Common and Statutory Laws. The Common Law o f England, and some o f the more important statutes of that country, form the foundation o f the legal code o f this State. The Common Law o f England, and all acts,, clauses, and parts o f acts in force, and binding on the inhabitants o f Georgia, as a province, on the 14th May, 1776, not inconsistent with the Constitution, laws, and present form o f government o f the State, were declared o f force, at an early period in the history o f the State. Many provisions o f the common law, and o f the statutes of England as then existing, have been modified and repealed ; but some o f the more important are yet in full effect, and consequently the expositions o f the English courts are recognized here. Magna Charta, the petition o f rights and bill o rights, and the charter o f the province o f Georgia, prompted by George II. in his fifth year, 1732, are material parts o f the system ; and among the more important statutes existing in an original state, or nearly so, may be named the Habeas Corpus act o f 31 Charles II., the 27 and 13 Eliza beth, with respect to Fraudulent Conveyances ; the 6 Edward I., regard ing D ow er; the 9 and 10 William III., upon the subject o f Protests of Bills o f Exchange ; the 3 and 4 Ann, upon the subject o f Bills o f Exchange and Notes ; the 29 Charles II., respecting Leases and Rents ; the 21 Henry VIII., upon the same subject; the 4 George II., upon the Rights o f Land lords and L essees; the 32 Henry V I I I .; the 34 and 35 Henry V I I I .; the 29 Charles II. ; the 20 Henry III. ; the 25 George I I .; the 4 Ann ; the 3 William and Mary, upon W ills ; the 25 Edward I I I .; the 13 Ed ward I . ; the 4 Edward I I I .; the 6 Edward I . ; the 8 and 9 William H I .; the 4 Ann, upon Parties and Limitations o f Actions. O F T H E P U B L IC A T IO N S I N W H IC H T I I E L A W S O F G E O R G IA A R E F O U N D . The compilation o f English statutes o f force in this State, directed to be prepared, under the authority o f the Legislature, by William Schley, * F or the present synopsis o f the laws o f Georgia, and for similar articles in relation to several o f the Southern States with respect to commercial transactions, we are indebted to the H on. B en ja m in F. P o r t e r , o f the Tuscaloosa (Alabama) Bar, a gentleman of emi nent legal attainments and great moral worth. Judge Porter’s practice o f the law is not confined to Alabama, but extends to Georgia, and a wide region in the vicinity o f those States.— Editor o f the M er. Mag. 150 Laws o f Georgia with respect to Commercial Transactions. Esq., in 1823 ; Prince’s Digest o f Statute L a w ; Hotchkiss’ Digest, prepared in 1845, and the several volumes o f Supreme Court Reports, by Kelly, consisting now o f three volumes, are the most important. Hotch kiss’ work is very valuable, not only from its very recent publication, but from the faithfulness with which it has been compiled, and the superior arrangement pursued. O f Kelley’s Reports it must in justice be said, that in the ability o f the decisions reported, in the excellent manner of reporting, and in typographical execution, they are equal to the best of any o f the American Reports. In addition to these, Howell Cobb, Esq., has published a most valuable book o f forms, o f great usefulness to the practicing counsellor, and the various judicial and ministerial officers o f the State. O F T H E S E V E R A L C O U R T S O F G E O R G IA . The courts o f this State are a Supreme or Appellate Court, Superior Courts of general jurisdiction, Inferior Courts o f general jurisdiction, and certain courts o f special jurisdiction, embracing Corporation Courts, Jus tices Courts, Courts o f Equity, and Courts o f Ordinary. The Supreme Court o f Georgia was organized in 1845, and consists o f three judges. It is a court o f correction o f errors, and has no original jurisdiction whatever. The Superior Court has a general original jurisdiction, exclusive in all criminal cases, except in some few cases confined to inferior and special jurisdictions, in all cases involving title to lands, and a concurrent jurisdic tion, in all other civil cases, with the Inferior Courts. It has also power, by certiorari and new trials, over the Inferior Courts, and appellate juris diction in other cases provided by law. The Inferior Court has a concurrent jurisdiction in civil cases, with some exceptions, with the Superior Court. OF T H E C O M M E N C E M E N T O F A C T IO N S O R S U IT S I N T H E S U P E R IO R A N D IN F E R IO R C O U R T S . 1. All suits o f a civil nature are begun by petition, setting forth the plaintiff’ s claim. T o this the clerk of the court annexes a process, re quiring the defendant to appear at the court to which the process is re turnable, and is to be served on defendant seventeen days before the return day. A copy o f the petition and process is to be served on the defendant, or left at his place o f residence. 2. O f Bail. Should bail be required, the plaintiff shall be required to make oath before any judge, justice o f the Inferior Court, justice o f the peace of the State of Georgia, or judge or justice o f a Superior Court o f any one o f the United States, to which is to be annexed the seal o f the particular State, and a certificate o f the governor, certifying that the per son taking the affidavit is such judge or justice,— 1. O f the amount o f the debt claimed. 2. That he has reason to apprehend the loss o f said amount, or part o f it. The bail may be required on these conditions when the process is first sued out, or during its progress. 3. O f Attachment. Suits may also be commenced by attachment in the case o f non-residence, or where both debtor and creditor are beyond the State ; or when the debtor is removing without the State, or any county of it, or absconds or conceals himself, or stands in defiance o f a peace officer, so that the ordinary process o f law cannot be served. These Laws o f Georgia with respect to Commercial Transactions. 151 facts, or one o f them, must be shown to exist by oath, and a bond and surety be given. On attachments are grafted the ordinary garnishment process, answering to the Trustee process o f Massachusetts; The bond required to be given by the plaintiff in attachment, is to be in a penalty double the amount sworn to be due, to which there must be surety. The condition is, to pay all costs and all damages which may be incurred “ for suing out the same.” Attachments are authorized when the debt is due in future, and on suits pending. Property attached is privileged to be replevined. Liens are created in favor o f those first levied. A C T IO N S UPON BON DS, E T C . The 8 and 9 William III. are o f force, giving full costs in actions of trespass, and authorizing the assignment o f any number o f breaches in actions on bonds, covenants, or agreements. L IM IT A T IO N O P A C T IO N S . Ejectment, seven years ; actions on the case, other than slander, actions o f account, actions o f trespass, debt, detinue and replevin, for goods and cattle, o f trespass, qua. claus.fr., four years ; trespass, assault, battery, and wounding and imprisonment, two years ; case for words, six months ; ac tions on bonds or other sealed instruments, twenty years; upon notes or other acknowledgments under the hand o f the party, six years ; upon open accounts, within four years ; upon penalty, fine, or forfeiture, six months. P A R T IE S TO , AND COM M ENCEM ENT O P , A C T IO N S . Co-obligors upon any bond, note, or writing, who reside in several counties, may be sued in either ; and joint contractors or copartners may be sued in the same action, and upon service upon either, the plaintiff may proceed to judgment, as to the party served ; and judgment thus obtained authorizes execution against the joint, or partnership, or individual estate. Representatives o f deceased persons may be sued in the same action with the survivor, on notes or writings, signed or sealed by two or more. Representatives, however, are privileged to exemption from suit for twelve months, after the grant o f letters, or probate o f wills. Suits do not abate on the death o f a party, but are revived by scire f a cias. In the case o f the death o f a plaintiff, his representative has a scire facias served on the defendant within three months after grant o f letters or probate o f w ill; and in the case o f the death o f a defendant, a scire facias issues to his representative after the expiration o f twelve months. On the death o f one o f several jointly interested, the suit may proceed against the survivor, the death being suggested upon the record. The petition being taken out and process served, the defendant is re quired to appear at the return term, and on or before the last day thereof file his defence, in writing, plainly set forth, and signed by the party or his attorney. The denial of deeds, bonds, bills single, penal notes, drafts, receipts, or orders, must be accompanied by affidavit. Indorsements are admissible in evidence, without proof o f handwriting. Copartnerships of plaintiffs are not required to be proved, unless put in issue by pleas in abatement. Mutual debts and sets-off are allowed, provided the defendant files, with his answer to a suit, a copy o f the subject matter o f the set-off. These 152 Laws o f Georgia with respect to Commercial Transactions. sets-ofF cover the cases o f open accounts for dealings between the par ties to the suit, and o f any bond, note, bill, or other writing for money, or other thing, held and possessed by the defendant in his own right. Partial failure o f consideration may be plead upon a contract in such cases, and between such parties as between whom and which total failure o f consideration would be pleadable. PLEAS OF USU RY. I f these are filed, the plaintiff, within one month after the filing o f it, and upon a copy served and notice, is required to discover on oath whether the facts o f the plea are true. I f the plaintiff fails to make the discovery, the defendant’s affidavit may be made. These may be read as evidence on the trial by either party. OF E V ID E N C E . When witnesses reside out o f the State, or out o f the county when his testimony is required, either, party (in civil cases) on ten days’ notice, and a copy o f the interrogatories, may sue out a commission to examine such witnesses. Witnesses thus situated may be compelled to appear and answer. So witnesses going beyond seas, removing out o f the county, or beyond the jurisdiction of the State, or whose official or other business require their absence from the county, or from age or bodily infirmity un able to attend court, and females, may be examined as above. The same provisions have been also extended to persons residing out o f the State, or county, or seamen, patroon o f a boat, stage driver, mail carrier, and to all other persons whose testimony cannot be duly obtained. Certificates^protests, and other acts o f notaries public in relation to the non-acceptance o f any bill o f exchange, draft, or other order, made for the payment o f money, or other thing, and also in relation to the non payment o f any bill o f exchange, draft, order, bond or note, for the pay ment o f money, or other thing, are presumptive evidence o f the facts, without other or further proof. The statute o f 11 Henry VII., entitling indigent persons to sue with out liability for costs and fee, is o f force in this State. O F S P E C IA L L I E N S . These are given to masons and carpenters for all debts due for work done, or materials furnished for building or repairing any house, where personal security is not taken; and they create an incumbrance upon the house and premises, superior to any other claim, irrespective o f its nature or date. OF T H E E Q U IT Y J U R IS D IC T IO N OF TH E STATE OF G E O R G IA . The Superior Courts exercise the powers o f a Court o f Equity, in all cases where a common law remedy is not adequate, in cases between co partners and co-executors, to compel distribution o f intestates’ estates, and payment o f legacies, and for the discovery o f fraudulent transactions, for the benefit o f creditors. In case either party is dissatisfied with the ver dict o f a jury, in any equity case, he has the right o f appeal to a special jury, selected by alternate challenges, or strikings from the Grand Jury. The general rules o f chancery pleading and practice, and the leading Laws o f Georgia with respect to Commercial Transactions. 153 principles of that jurisdiction, seem, with few alterations, to govern the equity courts here. It may seem strange, to those who have learned equity from the lumin ous interpretations o f the Pretors, o f .Lords Hardwick, Eldon, and Mac clesfield, to witness the trial o f chancery suits, by twelve chancellors, drawn from the country; but however anomalous this proceeding, it is not half so intolerable as equity administered by chancellors, drawn up, like forced shoots from an asparagus bed long before their season, from the hot bed o f political preparation. When to devoted partizans, accus tomed to nothing but an obstinate pursuit o f party names, and the malig nant exercise of dominant power, is committed the authority which is rarely safe but in the wisdom o f age, and the most self-denying and impartial mind. It may, however, be said, that so far as the writer has had an opportu nity o f observing, the exercises o f the chancery jurisdiction, as well as that o f the common law in Georgia, is kept perfect by the judges o f the superior courts, who, for these times of political excitement, seem, far more than is-usual, selected for their legal ability and personal integrity, irre spective o f party influences. OF C O N T R A C T S R E Q U IR E D TO BE IN W R IT IN G . The 29 o f Charles II., in original terms, is o f force in Georgia. It recognizes no contract o f the representative o f an estate to bind his own estate ; or o f one person for the debt o f another; or upon any agreement upon consideration o f marriage ; or for the sale o f lands, or any inter est in them ; or upon agreements not to be performed within one year, as binding, unless the agreement be in writing. So no contract for the sale o f goods, wares, and merchandise, for ten pounds sterling or upwards, without the receipt o f part o f them, or earnest, is valid, unless also in writing. OF B IL L S O F E X C H A N G E , A N D P R O M IS S O R Y N OTES. All bills o f exchange drawn in, or dated at and from any trading city or town, for the sum o f five pounds or upwards, upon any person o f or in any trading city or town, or other place, payable at a certain number o f days, weeks, or months after date, after those days after due, may and shall be protested by a notary public ; and in default o f said notary, by any other substantial person o f the city, town, &c., in the presence o f two or more credible witnesses. (9 and 10 William III.) Such protest within four teen days to be sent, or notice given thereof to the party from whom the bill is received. Protests also allowed for non-acceptance. No acceptance o f any inland bill is sufficient to charge any party to it, unless endorsed, or underwritten, thereon. No protest necessary, either for non-acceptance or non-payment, unless the value be acknowledged and expressed in the bill, and be for the-payment o f twenty pounds and upwards. The acceptance o f a bill for a former debt shall be accounted payment o f it, if due course for acceptance and payment be not taken. (3 and 4 Ann.) The damages on domestic bills, or bills drawn or negotiated in Geor gia, upon any person o f any State, Territory, or District o f the United States, is five percent upon the principal sum. The same provision ap- 154 Laws o f Georgia with respect to Commercial Transactions. plies to all bills drawn in Georgia, and made payable at any place out of the United States, without reference to the residence o f the drawer. On bills drawn in this State, upon any place beyond the limits o f the United States, the damages are ten per cent, besides interest, costs, and premium. All notes in writing, signed by any person, body politic or corporate, or agent, banker, goldsmith, merchant, or trader ; and also every such note payable to such person, or order, shall be assignable and endorsable in the same manner as inland bills ; and the persons to whom assigned may maintain action in their own names. (3 and 4 Ann.) All bonds and other specialties, and promissory notes, and other liqui dated demand, whether for money or other thing, is negotiable by en dorsement in the same manner with promissory notes. A demand o f makers o f promissory notes, and notice to the endorsers, is not necessary to bind them. Endorsers are placed on the same footing with sureties, and bound as such, and are suable in the same manner, and in the same action, with the principal or maker. Exception prevails as to notes in bank. Endorsers and sureties may require the holder o f any note, or other in strument, after maturity, to collect the same ; and a failure to proceed operates as a discharge. T IM E AND IN T E R E S T . In computing time and interest, the day increasing in leap year shall be accounted one year, and be reckoned by calendar months. In calculating interest, when payments shall be made, the payment is to be applied, first, to the discharge o f interest due ; and no part of the prin cipal is to be considered paid, until all interest is extinguished. All contracts, bonds, notes, and assurances for illegal interest is void, but the principal is recoverable. OF TH E E X E C U T IO N OF POW ERS O F A T T O R N E Y , A N D O T H E R W R IT IN G S I N OTH ER STATES. Bonds, specialties, and letters o f attorney, and other powers in wri ting, are admissible in evidence, proved by one or more o f the witnesses by affidavit, or affirmation in writing, before any governor, chief justice, mayor, or other justice o f either o f the United States, where they are executed, certified and transmitted under the common or public seal o f such State, court, city, or place where proved. The affidavit must, how ever, express the addition o f the party making it, and the place o f his abode. OF SALES OF LA N D S B Y PO W ER S OF A T T O R N E Y . Sales of lands by letters o f attorney expressly giving power o f sale, if proved as mentioned in the last clause, or proved in Georgia before a justice of the peace, by one or more o f the witnesses, is good and valid. Such powers and sales of lands under them are valid, till the attorney or agent has due notice o f revocation or death. OF T H E E X E C U T IO N OF DEED S. Consuls and vice-consuls o f the United States, duly appointed and re cognized, are authorized to receive acknowledgment in writing o f citizens Laws o f Georgia with respect to Commercial Transactions. 155 o f the United States, or other persons residing in the several consular districts, of deeds o f conveyance, mortgages, powers o f attorney, or other legal instruments, touching real estate, or other property, or rights or in terest, lying in Georgia ; and their certificates, under their official seals, are sufficient to authorize their admission as evidence. This power also extends any lawful contract or engagement to be executed in Georgia, or any act whatever lawful to be made. O P R E L IN Q U IS H M E N T S OP D O W E R . Alienations and conveyances made by husband and wife by joining in the deed, or by the wife’s acknowledgment o f consent to the sale, before justices or magistrates, are good in this State. OP D EED S OP LA N D , AN D T H E IR R E G IS T R A T IO N . Deeds o f lands to be by deed o f bargain and sale, deeds o f lease and re-lease, or by deed o f feoffment; to be underhand and seal, in the presence o f two or more witnesses, and proved and acknowledged before a justice o f the peace, chief justice, or one o f the assistant justices, and to be regis tered by the clerk o f the inferior court o f the county in which the lands lie, within twelve months from the date of the deed. S E A L S -----H O W C O N S T IT U T E D . Seals are constituted by scrolls or other representation o f a seal, when it is expressed in the body or conclusion o f a writing that it is the inten tion execute a sealed instrument. But this intention is sufficient with, out a scroll. E S T A T E S -----T H E I R C R E A T IO N . All gifts, grants, bequests, devises and conveyances o f every kind, of real or personal estate, capable o f passing an estate in entail in realty, by statute, (W est. 2.) vests in the party an unconditional and absolute fee simple. All gifts, grants, feoffments, bequests, devises and conveyances o f real or personal estate, vests in the grantee an absolute fee simple estate, unless a less estate be expressed. OP T R U S T ESTATES. All creations and assignments o f trusts in lands, tenements, or heredit aments, shall be manifested and proved by writing signed by the party, or by last will. Such trusts are, however, authorized to be taken by impli cation from conveyances. OP M ORTGAGES. Mortgages o f lands and personal estate are to be registered in the office o f the clerk o f the Superior Court, within three months from the date o f the deed. Mortgages o f personal estate, executed when the property is beyond the limits o f the State, and afterwards brought into it, must be recorded within six months after being brought into the State. Judgments obtained before the foreclosure o f such a mortgage not recorded, have a precedent lien. 156 Protection o f Vessels from Lightning. OF FRAU DU LEN T CON VEYAN CES. The statutes o f 27 Elizabeth and o f 13 Elizabeth, upon the subject o f fraudulent assignments, and deeds to defraud creditors, are, in original terms, o f force here. These provisions are too well known to make it necessary to copy them. OP W IL L S AND TESTAM EN TS. Devises and bequests o f lands must be in writing, signed by the devivisor, or by some person in his presence, and by his express directions, and be attested in his presence by three or four credible witnesses. (25 George II.) Wills o f personalty only revokable by writing, and proved by three witnesses at least. The 29 Charles II., upon the subject o f nuncupative wills, are o f force here. Wills and testaments are void, if not registered within three months from the testator’s death. Art. III.— P R O T E C T I O N OF V E S S E L S F R O M L I G H T N I N G . T o F reeman H unt, Esq., Editor o f the Merchants' M agazine. D e a r S i r :— I have read with great interest the article in your Maga zine for December last, on The Protection o f Vessels from Lightning, as I did, at the time o f its appearance, the article o f the Merchants’ Maga zine o f June, 1846, to which it alludes. For some years I have regarded the subject o f marine lightning rods as one o f vast importance, and yet, although abundantly understood to answer the highest ends o f practical utility, in its theoretical affinities far from being exhausted by the researches o f science. It is replete with curious and instructive phenomena, alike worthy o f the continued study o f philosophers, and o f the liberal patronage o f merchants and govern ments interested in the floating palaces o f commerce, and navies. Motives o f humanity, so well urged by your December correspondent upon the consideration o f your readers, conspire to invest it with power ful claims upon the enterprise and means o f the mercantile and naval men o f our country; and more methodical concert o f action and provision in its behalf by the general government and ship-owners, may advantageous ly be instituted. Nay, it should not be longer neglected. The federal government has deemed it incumbent upon its constitution al and exclusive guardianship o f commerce, to prescribe by law certain provisions and stores, such as medicine-chests, &c., that every merchant ship shall possess before clearing from port on a voyage. It has imposed proper vigilance and penalties upon cases o f neglect in these particulars. Since the law is as well established that metallic conductors, properly fitted in respect to form and position, will completely protect vessels and their crews and passengers from the destructive effects o f atmospheric elec tricity, as that medicines, judiciously administered, will relieve the men who work these vessels, and the passengers who sail in them, from the effects o f disease ; and since death and destruction can visit neither one Protection o f Vessels from. Lightning. 157 nor the other, where no precautions are taken, with more certain or ter rific power than in the shape o f the electric fluid, why is it that the gov ernment o f the United States has thus long neglected to exert its prerog ative in behalf of commercial interests, and the seamen, who constitute their and the nation’s bulwark, in suitable legal enactments on this sub ject ? W hy not here, as in other matters, specifically exact the requisite means o f preservation— the size, form, and number o f electric conductors— to be provided, and properly adjusted to every vessel that leaves an American port ? Can it be that anything problemetical in respect to the sufficiency of these means to answer the desired ends, remains to be solved ? Is not the testimony o f Franklin, of Beccaria, o f Cavallo, o f Hare, o f Henry, o f Faraday, o f Wheatstone, and o f a host o f other philosophers, uniting all of eminence among either the dead or living since the day o f Franklin’s earliest discovery o f the fact, sufficient to set at rest all skepticism upon the subject? The official report o f the Committee o f the British Ad miralty, adverted to by your before-named correspondents, sets out with the incontrovertible truth on the subject o f conductors, thus :— “ The fa c t o f their efficacy may he considered to be established beyond all doubt by the experience o f the last eighty years, and the u n a n im o u s o p in io n s op s c i e n t if i c m e n op a l e c o u n t r ie s . ” — Annals o f Electricity, vol. 5, page 1. An authority thus eminent and emphatic cannot need enforcement or illustration by quotation of the individual opinions, nor o f the instances on record o f actual demonstrations, by which it is supported. I will only remark, that according to the learned Mr. Cavendish, “ the chances o f escape from lightning is in this way increased by at least four hundred million to one, even with a conductor o f iron.” — W . Snow H ar ris’ Annals o f Electricity, vol. 5, page 213. T o the ship-owner, and to the national legislator, it must be an equally sad and comfortless reflection, when they read o f the destruction by fire, or other disability from lightning, o f some noble ship at sea, carrying hur riedly and awfully into an insatiate eternity the confiding crew and pas sengers, that a few almost costless strips o f copper or iron rods, judiciously affixed to the exposed masts and hull o f the otherwise doomed vessel, would have passed her and her dauntless inmates unscathed from beneath the fiery shock, and beyond every shadow o f doubt and danger! I f every vessel that passes into the Gulf Stream in going to or from the ports o f the United States, were liable, in despite o f all human foresight and skill, to be carried within the soundings o f some island where grows nothing but the fabled Bohan Upas tree, and, o f consequence, be exposed to the fatal strokes o f its effluvia, and yet it were well known that there existed a very common and cheaply obtained herb, the disinfecting effica cy o f which on board o f ships were equal to a perfect counteraction o f all the noxious influences of the dreaded island, can it be doubted, that among the earliest sanitary laws which the Congress o f the United States would throw around her noble mariners, both in the merchant and na val service, would be one demanding a supply to every ship o f the in valuable herb mentioned ? And yet, the case imagined and the case that actually exists, are equally simple in their elements, no less imperative in their claims upon the gov ernment, and no less susceptible o f ample and full relief. But the existant one, so far as the guardianship o f Congress over the merchant service 158 Protection o f Vessels from Lightning. o f the country is concerned, is neglected to the same and like degree as the imaginary one ! Ought it so to be 1 T o the British Admiralty’ s report to Parliament, in all its details, I have not now opportunity o f recurring ; but from your two correspond ents’ articles, and from other sources o f information at hand relating to that report, I gather the following facts as being contained in the record o f observations which Sir W . Snow Harris presented to the Admiralty. “ He reports,” says your December correspondent, “ one hundred and thirty-three cases o f injury from lightning in the British navy during twenty-four years o f war, and fifty-five during the same number o f years o f peace,” while the vessels were mostly laid up in ordinary. “ In one hundred cases alluded to, sixty-two seamen were killed, and about one hundred and fourteen wounded. These are exclusive o f one case o f a frigate, in which nearly all the crew perished, and o f twelve cases in which the numbers killed or wounded were set down in the ac counts given ^as several or many.” — Silliman’s Journal, vol. 38, page 113 ; also Merchants’ Magazine, vol. 14, page 524. Mr. Harris reported 174 cases o f vessels struck by lightning, registered by him up to 1839; and your December correspondent says, “ In a pub lication by W . Snow Harris, Esq., F. R . S., in the year 1844, two hun dred and ten cases are alphabetically reported in the British navy alone, o f injury from lightning.” And it is said that “ the injuries sustained in the British commercial marine” are “ equally or more extensive in pro portion to the Royal Navy.” Your earlier correspondent says, “ I have kept a record o f lightning storms for a number o f years, and o f the damages done by lightning, and o f the destruction o f life and property. The catalogue now numbers more than fo u r hundred cases o f loss o f life.” — Merchants’ Magazine, vol. 14, page 524. This aggregate includes, I presume, cases on land as well as on the water. Looking at these numerous evidences o f constant exposure o f vessels to lightning, the imagination ought not to be forced to conjure up the ex istence o f an island o f Bohan Upas trees, to arouse the sensibilities o f American merchants, and o f the American Congress, to a just and favor able contemplation o f the seafaring man’ s claim upon the further pro tection due to his profession, in the matter under remark. The exposure is imminent— longer neglect will be scarcely short o f criminal, on the part o f both merchants and Congress. The genius o f Franklin is venerated, yet its humane admonitions are disregarded by his countrymen. Aided by the ingenuity o f Morse, a worthy disciple o f Franklin, we know they promptly employ the electric rod everywhere ; that money is to be made by the use o f it. Shall it be said, that where life is to be saved by its use, its availability is not cared for ? It would be a national sin, as well as a national shame, for charac teristic distinctions, like the ones here put, to become proverbs against our countrymen. The different forms o f conductors that have been hitherto used in ves sels are— 1st. A copper chain, composed o f rods about two feet in length, and about one-sixth o f an inch in diameter, with an eye at each end. These rods are linked together by rings, and the conductor terminates in a rod o f the same dimensions, which tapers to a point, and is made with a turn Protection o f Vessels from Lightning. 159 in it near the base, to receive the line, to which it is attached throughout its whole length, for stopping to the topgallant-backstay when triced to the mast-head. These were formerly the only ones in use in the British navy, and are still used there to some extent, as they are in the American navy. In some merchant vessels, iron chains, instead o f copper, similarly made to the above, have been in use. 2d. A metallic rope, composed o f mixed metal wire, attached to the mast-head immediately under the truck, leading down to the topgallant cross-trees, and thence by the topgallant-backstay to the channel, and de scends into the water. A copper spindle, about three feet in length, tapering from an inch to a point, is screwed into the mast-head, nine in ches o f the upper end being hardened and gilded. These have been in use in the French navy. 3d. Tw o plates o f copper, rivetted together so as to form an electric and continuous line o f metal, the inner plate being one.sixteenth, and the outer one-eighth of an inch in thickness, inserted in dovetailed grooves in the after part o f the masts, and extend from the truck to the keelson ; a copper plate o f the same dimensions is led over the caps, and the contin uity is preserved at all times by a tumbler on the caps, consisting o f a short copper bar, with a hinge at the base, by which it leans against the conductor o f the topmast, whether bedded or housed; a stop is placed on the exterior, by which the tumbler is prevented from falling backwards. Copper plates o f equal dimensions to those on the lower masts are placed under the heels and steps o f the masts, and are thence led along the keel son in contact with the copper fastenings. In order to insure connection with the copper sheathing, bolts are driven transversely through the keel, so as to meet those passing down from the keelson. Copper plates are likewise led along the under side o f the beams o f the lower and orlop decks to the principal copper fastenings, and ultimately terminate in the sheathing, thereby combining all the chief masses o f metal in the hull and spars o f a ship with the conductors, and affording, by means o f its ultimate connection with the copper sheathing, a vast surface in con tact with the water for the dispersion o f the electricity.— See Committee o f British Admiralty Report, abridged; Annals o f Electricity, vol. 5, page 5. The last described conductors are the invention o f W . Snow Harris, alluded to by your correspondents ; and several o f them were for many years affixed to British naval vessels, with evidences o f an indubitable character, derived from actual experience and observation, o f their un qualified efficacy, prior to the Admiralty report o f 1839, last cited. Your December correspondent says the Board o f Admiralty finally disapproved o f them, because o f their leading the electric current into the body o f the vessel. This decision I have not seen. The committee o f investigation, appointed by the Board on the subject, came to the opposite conviction, and upon the most minute testimony, derived from particular examination made by Professors Farraday and Wheatstone, as from other sources. In like manner they overruled every objection made to this plan o f con ductors, and several were made with earnestness. The conclusion o f their report was as follows :— “ W e again beg to state our unanimous opinion o f the great advantages possessed by Mr. Harris’ conductors above every other plan, affording % 160 Protection o f Vessels from Lightning. permanent security at all times, and under all circumstances, against the injurious effects o f lightning, effecting this protection without any nau tical inconvenience or scientific objection whatever ; and we therefore most earnestly recommend their general adoption in the Royal Navy.” Other forms o f marine conductors have been suggested, but I am not aware that they have been reduced to practice in any instance. One o f these, by Martyn Roberts, Esq., was submitted to the British Admiralty Committee conjunctively with the plan o f Mr. Harris, and is in its ele mentary parts and form similar to the French naval conductors. He thus describes i t :— “ Let conductors be made o f a metallic rope, consisting o f some hundreds o f pure annealed copper wires, laid up as a common hemp rope ; it will be pliable, may be rove through blocks, and traverse as well as any other rope. Let this rope be fixed to a copper point at the highest mast-head, led down the after part o f the mast until it arrives at the lower mast-head, and from thence led as a backstay to the outside o f the ship, and there fastened to her copper sheathing. By this means, a perfect metallic con ducting channel is maintained for the lightning from the highest point to the water, without interruption or contact with anything that can possibly produce ill effects.” — Annals o f Electricity, vol. 1, page 469. Mr. Sturgeon, the able editor o f the Annals o f Electricity, zealously contested the efficacy and safety o f Mr. Harris’ plan o f conductors, main ly on the ground, first, that their form and adjustment were calculated to produce lateral discharges o f the electric current, equally dangerous and destructive as the main charge; second, that conducting the charge into the hold of the vessel by means o f lateral discharges, the powder maga zines and other combustible material would be exposed to additional haz ards o f ignition, yielding to the necessity of having fixed and permanent conductors. Mr. Sturgeon proposed substituting four cylindrical copper rods to each lower mast, situated exterior to the shrouds, having one be fo r e each fore-shroud, and one aft each after-shroud. The upper extrem ities o f these conductors to be attached to the fore, main, and mizzen tops, as distant from the masts as circumstances will allow, and in any manner most secure and convenient. The lower ends of these copper rods to be fixed to the chains on the outside o f the fore and aft shroud o f each mast, and continued by broad and stout strips o f copper to the copper sheathing o f the vessel. The topmasts and rigging he proposed to protect in a sim ilar manner, with inflexible rods, or flexible metallic ropes, and united at the lower ends with the first set. For the topgallant-masts he proposed adopting Mr. Harris’ plan o f strips of copper into grooves o f the wood. Other minute details were suggested.— See Annals o f Electricity, vol. 4, page 184. T o avoid objections arising from the interference o f the con ductors thus confined to the working o f the ship, Mr. Sturgeon subse quently changed the positions o f them in part. J. Murray, Esq., an electrician o f note in Europe, and the inventor of the application for electric conductors o f hollow copper tubes, consisting o f gas piping, rendered continuous by connecting joints, arid somewhat extensively used abroad for buildings, proposed an application o f the like conductors to masts of vessels, made in the form o f “ flexible ajid sliding tubes, like those o f a telescope, a provision readily adjusted to the case o f a topmast, or topgallant-mast, when struck in a storm.” — Annals o f E lec tricity, vol. 3, page 65. Protection o f Vessels from, Lightning. 161 It will have probably struck the attention o f the reader who commenced the perusal o f this article with no preconceived and favorite the ory explanatory of the laws that govern electric phenomena, as manifested either where an artificial conductor is or is not present to aid their de velopment, that all the before described plans for marine conductors pro ceed upon the same theory that pertains to conductors affixed to buildings on the land in one particular, viz : that o f conducting the electric current down from the clouds above, into the water below. No other thought seems to have interposed to suggest any variation from this theory ; and yet, apart from the efficacy o f artificial conductors to ward off the elec tric stroke, by receiving and conducting it away from the vessel, this downward direction o f the force is the only point o f common agreement among all the electricians whose plans have been cited. Views no less dissimilar are entertained by the most eminent philosophers o f the same and different countries, respecting the. nature o f elec tric action, the forces which produce it, whether it exists per se, or is the result o f chemical agency. Some maintain that it combines the opera tions o f two distinct forces, called vitreous and resinous; others that it consists o f one on ly; others that it is independent o f electric matter, and that all electric phenomena are the effects o f rotatory or vibratory motions communicated to particles o f common matter, on which they are dis played. These antagonistical opinions have ran almost concurrently with the history o f electric science from its early dawn. It is not my purpose, however, to attempt an analysis o f the arguments on which either rests, nor to offer any solution or adjustment o f them. I aspire to no such sci entific eminence. 1 advert to their existence only to shield from the charge o f presumption the idea I wish to advance, that, while the exact nature o f the electric action remains in dispute, in respect to its primal constituency, a general misconception o f the laws o f one o f its important phenomena may be still entertained, not unworthy o f re-examination, and possibly of correction, viz : whether the electric force which affects ves sels at sea, has its direction upwards to the clouds, or downwards to the water. The seeming simplicity and uniformity o f the evidence which furnishes the generally received answer to this query, which is the ocular demon stration made to observers by the running light or flash o f the electric discharge, and which is rarely otherwise than downward, is not conclu sive as to the correctness of that answer; but this may be the very cause of the long continuance o f its error, even with philosophic minds. In natural philosophy, nothing is more liable to be erroneous than our first impressions. For instance, who, at first thought, would not suppose the hardness o f a substance would be proportionate to its density 1 and yet, we know that a diamond, the hardest substance in nature, has a spe cific gravity three times less than lead, which is so soft that it may be scratched by the finger nail. So, who would not, at first thought, sup pose Indian rubber to be more elastic than glass? and yet, its elasticity is not comparable to that o f the latter. So we say, at first thought, that lead is heavy and a feather is light, under the general notion that one is heavier than the other; whereas, the difference only arises from their difference in their surfaces upon the retarding a ir ; and in a vacuo, the largest mass o f lead, and the smallest feather, woidd fa ll through equal VOX,. X X .-----NO. I I . 11 162 Protection o f Vessels from Lightning. spaces in equal times. So, at first thought, we are disinclined to believe that any body o f matter once set in motion would continue to move f o r ever, unless stopped by some exterior power. W e are equally incredu lous, that there is no such thing in nature as solid matter; that no two particles o f matter, even in what we call solid metal, are in close contact. But Newton admits, and reason instructs us to believe, that “ atoms, even o f the densest solid, are placed at distances from one another, infinitely greater than their own diameters.” I might multiply these illustrations, but will content myself with quo ting the admonitory remark o f one o f the most distinguished philosophers o f the day, that “ it is no less necessary to test the accuracy o f our no tions derived from common observation and the first impression o f our senses, than to guard against the careless adoption of ill understood gen eralization of the results o f experiment in our after progress ; and we must be particularly careful to correct the prejudices, which are but too apt to infect the mind from the first fountain o f our knowledge.” — DanieIVs Study o f Chemical Philosophy, § 8. From the tenor o f these latter remarks, the reader will have inferred that the writer dissents from the generally received theory, that the electrie force which affects destructively vessels at sea, descends from the clouds to the ocean, instead o f ascending; and that the running light, or streak of the electric discharge, denotes the direction of the charge. Het erodox to the eyes o f admitted scienee as it may appear, the reverse o f these opinions constitute, in my mind, the preferable theory— a theory most consistent o f any with the correct appreciation o f the phenomena o f the instances reported upon by Mr. Harris and Mr. Meriam, your first correspondent upon the subject. Among the general facts derived from Mr. Harris’ register o f observa tions up to 1839, to which I would direct attention, are as follows. He says, “ From about one hundred cases, the particulars o f which have been ascertained, it appears that about one-half o f the ships struck by lightning, are struck in the mainmast; one-quarter on the foremast; one-twentieth on the mizzenmast, and not more than one in a hundred on the bowsprit. About one ship in six is set on fire in some part o f the masts, sails, or rig ging. In these 100 cases, there are destroyed or damaged, 93 lower masts, principally line-of-battle ships and frigates, 83 topmasts, and 60 topgallant-masts.” Mr. Sturgeon, who was contesting the efficacy o f Mr. Harris’ plan o f conductors to guard against what the former alleged to be lateral and oblique discharges, remarks :— “ By looking over the particulars o f 174 cases, which Mr. Harris has collected, I find only 44 in which the topgallant-masts appear to have been injured ; and as out o f these 44 cases there are 13 in which the topgallant-masts were lost, broken or damaged, accidents probably occasioned by the mere falling o f those masts when the others below them were struck, there would appear to be only about 31 casgs out o f the 174 in which the topgallant-masts have been abso lutely struck by the lightning. It is probable, indeed, that the proportion is even less than this; because of these 31 cases there are 15 in which the topgallant-masts were shivered only, a species o f damage which, if occurring near to the heel o f the masts, might easily arise from lightning striking the ship no higher than the topmast head. Lightning striking the topsail yard arm, when that sail is set, or the cross-trees at other ( f Protection o f Vessels from Lightning. 163 times, would be very likely to damage the lower part o f the topgallantmast.” — Annals o f Electricity, vol. 4, pp. 172-3. He again says :— “ It appears from Mr. Harris’ list o f cases that the lower masts are more frequently injured than the topmasts, and the top masts more frequently than the topgallant-masts ; hence, although the Rodney and some other ships have been struck above the topmast, it is obvious, that lightning more frequently strikes the rigging below the top. mast head, than above i t ; and by taking into account the damage done by the mere falling o f the topgallant-mast, as a consequence o f the masts below it being struck and injured, it is highly probable that the cases in which lightning strikes the spindle at, or above, the topgallant-mast head, bear a very small proportion to the cases in which lightning strikes the sides o f the masts and yard arms.” — Ibid, pp. 177-8. I wish the reader to note, that Mr. Harris assigns no comparative num ber in his cases, to injuries occurring to the hull of vessels struck by lightning, particularly below the water level. The truth is, the instances o f this kind are so rare, that no general law has been attempted to be de duced from them by any person. And yet, who can doubt that this almost uniform exemption o f the hull from the electric charge is due to some general law which has been singularly overlooked hitherto by electricians ? Such a law, if to be found consistently with known laws o f the electric action, cannot but open the door to yet higher and more perfect knowledge o f this interesting science. I hope to be able, satisfactorily, to deduce and establish it, and in harmony with the theory advanced by me, that the di rection o f the electric forces affecting vessels at sea are upwards, and not downwards; that, although instances o f the latter kind may occur, they are exceptions to the general law o f electrical discharges upon the ocean. In all the details o f Mr. Harris’ cases that have come to my know ledge, there is not one decided case o f the electric fluid having passed in to the hold below the water level, unless directed there by a metallic con ductor. The nearest approaches to a statement or description o f such a case by him, are the following :— In a controversial letter o f his to the editor o f the Philosophic Magazine and Journal, in reply to an article by Mr. Sturgeon, this passage occurs : “ Mr. Sturgeon’s assertion that a conductor on a ship’s mast would operate on the magazine is therefore quite unwarranted. Besides, we have many instances o f the masts having been shivered by lightning into the step, while acting as partial conductors, without any such consequence ; as happened to the Mignonne in the West Indies, the Thetis at Rio, the Sweden, Gibraltar, Goiiath, and many others.” The case o f the Mignonne is thus given to Mr. Harris by Admiral Hanker. After describing the appearance o f the weather . . . . “ About midnight the heavens seemed to be one continued flame, and soon after * the main topmast was shattered into probably fifty pieces, scattering the splinters in all directions ; the mainmast was split down to the keelson, and a sulphurous smell came up from the hold, which occasioned some to cry out that the ship was on fire. T w o men were killed in the maintop, be ing burnt black, and having some splinters sticking in them ; and a man who was sleeping on the lower deck with his head on a bag, near the armorer’s bench, was found dead, with one black speck in his side ; another man sleeping by him was not hurt.” 164 Protection o f Vessels from Lightning. In an article by Mr. Harris in 1832, copied from an Edinburgh journal by Silliman’s Journal, vol. 21, p. 350, is the case o f the French ship Conquin, struck while at anchor in the bay o f Naples, thus given :— “ The electric matter passed, in this case, close to the main hatchway, upon a spare anchor, and from thence through her bottom, a little below the water’ s edge, on the larboard side.” The next approximation to a case o f this description, in all o f Mr. Harris’ cases I have seen, is that o f the British naval ship Snake. The occurrence is thus detailed :— “ The electric fluid entered main truck, shivered royal mast, splintered topgallant-mast, then over chain main top sail tye without damage, to within eight feet o f the deck, so far as the topsail halliards. Finding an obstruction here in the ropes, it again sev ered on the mast, and became divided on the saddle o f main boom ; one portion passed out o f quarter deck port to the sea, the other to lower deck and down the mast, and distributing itself on the hull, affecting persons below. The mast, on being examined at Halifax, was sprung about the partners, two inches deep and fifteen inches round, was perfectly burst asunder at the step, hence the stock had extended to the k e e l; the electric matter, consequently, must have passed by the metallic bolts in the keelson to the sea.” The next and last approximation o f a case o f the nature under remark, was ‘"that o f H. M. ship Hyacinth, which had both the fore and main topmasts and topgallant-masts destroyed by lightning in the Indian ocean, in 1833. The electric fluid shivered those masts from the truck to the heel o f the topmast, where it became assisted by the chain topsail sheet leading to the deck, and so did no further damage to the mast; thence it received assistance from the copper pipe o f Hearte’s patent pump, leading to a small well, and thence by a second pipe through the ship’s side under water, and by this passed safely into the sea.” I f the reader will now turn to Mr. Meriam’s article in your Magazine o f June, 1846, he will see the details o f about fifty cases, in not one o f which is the evidence to be found, that there exists any general law that admits o f the electric current manifesting itself below the water level o f a vessel struck by lightning on the water. It is only necessary for the anxious student o f electric phenomena to criticise the reported cases, to become satisfied, that wherever the lightning descends below the water level in a ship, it furnishes an exception to the general law o f its course, and is conducted by a foreign influence that overpowers the law, and es tablishes an exception. He will find numerous instances o f its reported descent with destructive violence to all in its way, until within a few feet o f the water, and there leaving the masts to leap overboard. In the fa mous case o f the packet ship New York, the lightning “ struck her main royal mast, burst asunder three stout iron hoops with which it was bound, and shattered the mast head and caps. It passed down the mainmast, one branch entered a store room and demolished the bulk heads and fit tings ; thence it went into the cabin, and, conducted by a lead pipe, passed out through the ship’s side, between wind and water, starting the ends o f three five inch planks.” — Silliman’s Journal, vol. 37, p. 320. In vol. 21, p. 351, the other branch o f the fluid is described as having “ passed into one o f the cabins, and shivered to atoms the plate o f a large mirror with out hurting the frame ; after this it fell upon a piano-forte, which it touched with no very delicate hand, and left it dismounted and out o f tune ; 4 ’ - t Protection o f Vessels from Lightning. 165 from thence it passed through the whole length o f the cabin floor, which was damp at the time, and out o f the stern windows into the sea.” T o bring more directly to the reader’s view the general direction which the fluid is described as taking, we will recount a few cases, as fair expo nents o f all. He will observe, also, how distinctly it is traced and often seen to strike downward. In 1830, the Athol, o f 28 guns, was struck by lightning. “ At this time the topsails were lowered upon the caps, and the other sails furled. The ship had chains for hoisting topsails, which lay in the direction o f her topmasts ; also a chain for topsail sheets, which led along the lower mast. When the electrical explosion tell on the truck, it shivered the topgallant-masts into pieces so far as the commencement o f the first chain; here, being assisted by the chain, it passed on without damage to the top mast, to where the chain terminated, thence with damage over the head o f the mast, until, being assisted by the lower chain, it passed without damage to the deck ; on reaching the deck, it passed, by means o f a bolt through a beam in the forecastle, upon the chain cable, and thence into the sea.” In 1811, the brig Belleisle, o f Liverpool, was struck. “ A vivid flash o f lightning shivered her fore topmast and foremast, tore up the forecastle deck, and struck a hole throughout her starboard side, starting several butts in the bends, where it passed into the sea ” The United States ship Amphion was struck in 1822. “ The lightning descended by her mizzenmast, destroyed the compasses and cabin furni ture, splintered and tore into pieces the ceiling, bulkheads and ruddertrunks, shivered two hold beams, and passed out through the quarter into the sea, tearing off part o f the sheathing in its course. ” The great accumulation and intensity o f the charge that struck H. M. S. Rodney, on the 7th o f December, 1838, eight or ten leagues to the eastward o f Cape Passaro, and the minuteness o f details o f the occur rence furnished, will serve as an illustration o f a greater variety o f phe nomena than any other case on record. And although it be long, it is well worth a repetition here, and will complete the data o f observed facts needful for an illustration o f the theory I adduce. From Annals o f Electricity, vol. 4, p. 167 and seq.— “ Progressive course o f the electric fluid.— The vane staff, which is six feet long, with a copper spindle (on which the vane traverses) of about 10 inches in length, surmounted by a gilt wooden ball, the size o f an orange, shows its first effect, (the ball and spindle were never seen after the shock,) being split but not broken, and one side o f it blackened; the copper binder round the truck was burst asunder, a small piece broken out o f the truck, and one o f the metal sheaves for signal halyards slightly fuzed. From this, after leaving the royal pole uninjured, it appears to have passed inside the copper funnel for topgallant rigging and iron hoop o f the hounds o f the mast, shivering the topgallant-mast to atoms, from thence to the top mast cap, not a piece having been seen the size o f a common walking cane, and the sea was literally covered with its splinters to a considerable extent. Its marks are now lost for many feet, notwithstanding the shock about this spot must have been most terrific, as it was in the topmast cross-trees where the poor fellows who suffered were at the time, and also the heel o f the topmast (which was not at all injured below the cap) was forced upwards into the cap, the fid being raised about eight inches above the trussel-trees with such force that the top burton block strop was car 166 Protection o f Vessels from Lightning. ried away in trying to house it down again, and after all were obliged to cut it out, not being able to clear it in any other way. Its next appear ance is on the main topmast, ten feet above the cap, seemingly attracted by the iron-bound tye blocks and iron hoops on the topsail yard, (being under a treble reefed topsail,) from whence it rent an immense splinter out o f the mast down to the lower cap, going nearly into the core o f the mast, and set fire to the tarry and greasy gear about the bunt o f the top sail yard, after taking this large splinter of nearly one quarter o f the substance o f the mast away. Its next positive mark is on the starboard lower trussel-tree, the lower cap, head o f lower mast, and heel o f top mast (both iron hooped) having escaped unhurt. It shook and blackened the trussel-tree, rendering it unserviceable, and then must have entered the mainmast, spreading and passing down both sides, bursting thirteen o f the large iron hoops in its course, and knocking out pieces o f the side tiees and main stick in several places, and escaped from the mast in the shape o f afire hall, seven fe e t above the deck, and was seen to go over the starboard (leeward) netting right over the gun abreast o f the mainmast, rending the hammock cloth in several places, carrying away one rattlin and stranding another. Its exit, although fiery in appearance, was harm less in effect, merely injuring the cloth over a space o f about a foot, and breaking the two rattlins, when it was seen to strike the water a short dis tance from the ship. “ Effects o f the electric fluid in its course.— Knocked overboard (at least they were never picked up or seen) the gilt ball, copper spindle, and calico vane from the top o f the vane staff—split the vane staff—broke the copper binder round the truck— broke a piece out o f truck, and slight ly fused one o f the metal sheaves for signal halyards— cleared away the whole o f the main topgallant-mast from the hounds o f topgallant rigging to the topmast cap, not leaving a fragment aloft. Four men who had been sent aloft to unbend topgallant gear, and prepare for sending the yard down, were in the cross-trees at the time. John Rowe was struck dead as he was moving from the weather to the lee side of the mast for shelter from the rain ; he was just on the aft side o f the mast at the mo ment, and fell astride the after cross-tree, where he was held by some ropes falling round him. He never spoke. Thomas Hollingsworth was stand ing on the after shroud o f topgallant rigging, to leeward o f the mast, and holding on by the after cross-tree. He was so seriously injured as to be sent down in a chair, and died in seven hours after. Hugh Wilson was standing on the foremost shroud o f topgallant rigging, holding on by fore most cross-tree, and close to Hollingsworth. He states that the shock threw him forward, and Hollingsworth aft. H e was only slightly hurt, and only two or three days in the doctor’ s list. The other man, Charles Prynn, was to windward, standing on the cross-tree, holding on by the foremost shroud o f topgallant rigging, and received so slight a shock that he did not even apply to the doctor. Wilson heard no thunder. The first-named two men had every stitch o f clothes burnt from their bodies, excepting just the wristbands and lower parts o f the trousers, which was left on the wrists and ancles. They presented a shocking spectacle ; their bodies discolored and hair singed from their persons. The next place is a large splinter out o f the main topmast, from ten feet above down to the cap, setting fire to the gear about the topsail yard, and then commences its destructive force about the mainmast, first o f all giving a severe shake Protection o f Vessels from Lightning. 167 to the starboard lower trussel-tree. It is hardly possible to give a descrip tion of its effects on the mainmast; the mast should be seen fully to un derstand it ; but some idea may be formed when it is stated that out of twenty-eight large iron hoops, five inches wide and half an inch thick, between the deck and trussel-trees, thirteen were burst asunder, and that for a space o f fifty-three feet its ravaging effects can be traced the whole way, and the spot whence it made its final escape is several inches deep in the mast. On the starboard side a large piece o f the mast is broken out (six inches deep) from the third to the sixth hoop above the deck, and from the eighth to the ninth hoops. The cheek or side tree, several feet o f the lower part gone altogether, and the other part nearly shook all to pieces. The larboard side ekin piece gone from the sixth to the eleventh hoop, and the mast burst out from the ninth to the eleventh, and from the thirteenth to the fifteenth, and the cheek very much shook. The hoops carried away were mostly the clasp hoops o f side trees, but some o f the body hoops were also burst asunder, and strange to say, the awning hoop on which the main trysail mast steps and mizzen stays reeve, lost one o f its forelocks, notwithstanding a piece o f copper had been nailed over the clasp part, the forelock which was driven downwards was gone, with a piece of copper, and never seen, while the one which drives upwards was left in its place, and held the hoop together. There were eighteen body hoops between the deck and trussel-trees, and ten clasp hoops round side trees— four o f the body hoops below side trees were broken. None o f the hoops on the head o f lower mast, or on the head o f the topmast were touched. “ Several men assert, that halls o f fire were running about the lower deck, and that they ran after them to throw them overhoard. This seems strange ; but if so, and it is hardly possible several could be deceived, it could be nothing more than flashes or rather Sparks passing down the different hatchways after the explosion, and less active than in the first descent; at all events, it is certain there was a strong sulphurous smell below, par ticularly in the pump well, and sparks seen by many o f the officers. It is remarkable that the electric fluid seems to have jumped from metal to m etal; first the copper spindle, then the copper funnel o f topgallant rig. ging, and iron hoop round the mast to the head o f the topmast, from thence to the iron-bound blocks and hoops on the topsail yards to the main cap, and then to the lower trussel-trees, taking all the hoops downwards, pass ing over a gun into the sea. “ The mast has since been taken to pieces at the naval yard at Malta, and its interior shows no defect, in fact; not the slightest injury appears about the mast, except what was exteriorly displayed. It is marked in some places, even on the spindle, (centre piece,) as if a train o f powder had been flashed on it, but nothing more.” In another paper I will present the deductions which result from the data given in the present article, and from acknowledged principles o f electrical matter, in exposition o f the new theory o f the electric action upon vessels upon the water, which I have herein advanced. It may at least serve the good purpose of exciting more careful observation o f this class o f phenomena, so important to be thoroughly understood for the pre servation o f life and protection o f property, however erroneous my theory may in itself be hereafter proved. F R A N C IS O. J. S M ITH . F o r e s t H o m e , near Portland, Me., Jan. 2, 1849. 168 Friendly Societies : Art. IV.— F R I E N D L Y S O C I E T I E S : W IT H R EFEREN CE TO A N N U ITIE S A N D L IF E ASSURANCE FOR T H E POOR. T h e re are few institutions capable o f being more generally useful, and to produce more real relief, than friendly societies, provided they are based on correct principles, and are conducted with zeal, prudence, and economy. They are particularly so to the laboring classes, in averting, by their own efforts, the misery which poverty adds to the bed o f sickness, to the in firmities o f age, and to the hour o f death. These advantages are greatly enhanced in value, by the consciousness that they are the fruit, not o f be nevolence or the charity o f others, but o f the members’ own frugality and foresight. Indeed, few things can be conceived more gratifying than tlje enjoyment o f benefits which are the result o f our own doing. It raises us in our own estimation— it makes us feel that we are o f some value in so ciety— that we contribute to its welfare by our labor, without being bur dens upon it in our misfortunes. Frugality and prudence, in preparing for the future, give to a man a moral independence and a happiness, of which a mere pauper can scarcely form an idea. A man with such habits is a better husband, a better father, a better servant; he is therefore more likely than others to be em ployed where confidence is required ; his services will be more productive to himself and more valuable to others. He will find more pleasure in the midst o f his family, because he knows that he has done his duty to them, and consequently has a right to look for their approbation. Unfortunately, however, unsound calculation, bad management, and even fraud, too often have been the cause o f thwarting the good inten tions of these institutions. Starting with members in the prime o f life, the claims are in the beginning but few, inducing a belief o f prosperity, the funds increasing wonderfully in appearance ; but in the course o f a few years, with advancing age, sickness, gradually increases, claims for funeral money come in oftener, and it is at last found that the contribu tions have not been adequate; that benefits have been promised which can never be realized, and that ruin and disappointment are inevitable. The first object must be security. This can only be obtained by fol lowing the mathematical rules which are so well established by intelli gent men, and the fruits o f the experience made by others, and which have been published by order o f the British government. The second object must be justice, in charging to each member neither more nor less than the true proportion o f risk which he brings into the society, taking into careful consideration his age, and the probability o f the amount o f claims he may have to make. T oo little attention is paid to this in the numerous benevolent societies in which provisions are made in cases o f sickness, and much less to the probabilities o f paying funeral money for himself or wife. McCulloch (who stated that from the 1st o f January, 1793, to the com mencement o f 1832, no fewer than 19,783 friendly societies were en rolled, o f which 16,596 were in England, 769 in Wales, 2,144 in Scot land, and 274 in Ireland) remarks:— “ It should also be recollected that the progress of these societies, though great and most honorable to the laboring population o f Great Britain, has been not a little counteracted W ith reference to Annuities and L ife Assurance fo r the Poor. 169 by the ignorance and mismanagement o f their officers, and by the real difficulty o f establishing them on a secure foundation. The great error has consisted in their fixing too high a scale o f allowances. At their first institution they are necessarily composed o f members in the prime o f life ; there is, therefore, comparatively little sickness and mortality among them. In consequence, their funds rapidly accumulate, and they are naturally tempted to give too large an allowance to those members who are occasionally incapacitated. But the circumstances under which the society is placed at an advanced period are materially different. Sick ness and mortality are then comparatively prevalent. The contributions to the fund decline at the time that the outgoings increase ; and it has not unfrequently happened that the society has become altogether bankrupt, and that the oldest members have been left, at the close o f a long life, destitute o f all support from a fund on which they had relied, and to which they had largely contributed.” The rapid and extraordinary increase o f friendly societies in Great Britain attracted the attention o f the House o f Commons, and a select committee was appointed, whose reports in 1835 and 1827 prepared the way for the passing o f several acts, establishing certain rules and regu lations, to which all societies have to conform. Every effort has been made by the said committee, and by the Society for the Diffusion o f Useful Knowledge, to procure the best materials by which the chances o f sick ness and o f life could be accurately ascertained ; and with the assistance o f highly intelligent men, tables have been computed, which show the contributions required in single, annual, or monthly payments, to secure benefits o f various descriptions. The benefits granted by friendly soci eties are— 1st. An allowance o f a certain weekly sum during sickness in pro portion to the single, annual, or monthly contribution, to cease on arriving at a certain age. 2d. The payment o f a weekly sum on arriving at that age, and to be continued until death, whether he be in good or bad health. 3d. The payment o f a certain sum on his death. 4th. Every member is entitled to medical advice and medicine from the physician employed by the society. The first of these benefits is well known in this country, and practiced by our Health Insurance Companies, and by various benevolent societies ; though I fear that mathematical principles and the true chances o f sick ness, in proportion to age and other circumstances, are but seldom ob served, and that the errors above alluded to have in many cases been committed, and must eventually lead to the same disappointment, notwith standing the apparent success o f which they may now, in their infancy, boast. How important it is to charge each member in due proportion to the average risk he brings to the society, will appear from the tables estab lished by the experience o f the English friendly societies, (see Ansell’s Treatise on Friendly Societies,) showing the quantity o f sickness experi enced by an individual in the year following each age, expressed in weeks and decimals o f a week, and the single and annual contributions required to obtain £ 1 a week during sickness, until the age o f 70. 170 Friendly Societies : INTEREST 4 PER CENT. AGES. W eeks... Single.... Annual.. 20. 30. 40. .776 .861 1.111 £21.69 £24.85 £29.53 1.22 1.56 2.16 45. 1.351 £3 2.26 2.62 50. 55. 60. 65. 69. 1.701 2.256 3.292 5.672 10.086 £34.91 £37.01 £37.25 £30.73 £9.89 9.60 3.24 4.12 5.44 7.54 The observations not having extended beyond the age o f 70, no calculations could be made on the value o f a weekly allowance in sickness after that a g e ; the English societies, therefore, limit it to that period ; but, instead o f it, make a constant allowance from that time until death, the expectation of life being known. It is, therefore, a deferred annuity, for which a separate charge is made, and may be fixed so as to commence at 60 or 65. Another extra charge is also made for the sum to be paid at death, which is equal to a life assurance. The annual and monthly contributions are so calculated that they cease as soon as the annuity commences. A single payment entitles the member to all these benefits without any further payments. It will be seen that these calculations are based upon true mathematical principles ; that they extend only as far as actual experience has fur nished data to measure the risk; and that each party is charged just as much as he will cost the society, on an average scale. The great error made by our benevolent societies is, that they put no limit to the time for which the allowance for sickness is to be paid; and if a member lives to an age in which disease takes place more frequently, he will become the recipient o f benefits for which he has given no equiv alent, and will therefore be a burden to the society to which he belongs. Another mistake is, that safety is expected in the accession o f new members, who, being younger, sustain the funds in proper order, and make up for any deficiencies caused by the older members. This is true enough, but it is at their expense ; for it is evident that if the fund is not sufficient to warrant the promised benefits, the new comer will have to pay not only to obtain the same advantages, but something extra to cover the losses by former members. Supposing a society composed o f 200 members, and which has been in existence for the space o f ten years, without admitting other individuals ; that it is found, that in consequence o f inadequate contributions, or by greater claims upon their funds than anticipated, their treasury is exhausted, or at least deficient, and are therefore unable to continue the same allowances ; they conclude to admit more members, so that their higher initiation fees may restore their funds to their proper level. Now it is very clear that if the same amount o f contributions has not been sufficient for the old members, it cannot be enough for the new ones ; and if they are charged at a higher rate, it is in order to make up the deficiency caused by the former, and is therefore a manifest injustice to the latter. Had no others joined, the society would have gradually expired, prov. ing that the members had not contributed enough, and that, therefore, new ones were required to make up the loss; but as these will in the course o f time be in the same situation, more new members will be want ed. Insolvency will not be avoided, but postponed, and the amount o f deficiency constantly increased ; like the merchant, who, finding himself behind in his affairs, avails himself of his credit to increase his purchases and debts; he holds himself up for a little time longer, but the day o f W ith reference to Annuities and L ife Assurance fo r the Poor. 171 reckoning will at last come, and it will be so much more awful in its con sequences. The principle upon which friendly societies are founded, is to overcome the effect o f fluctuations to which every individual is exposed. Taking a great number o f them together in their collective capacity, the quantity o f sickness and the expectation o f life for each respective age has been as nearly as possible ascertained, and an average rate has been estab lished for each. Some, o f course, will be sick much oftener than others ; but who will be so, cannot be told beforehand, because all have been considered equally healthy, otherwise they would not be admitted into the society. By the example already given, it will be seen that a man o f the age of 30 will experience, on an average, part o f a week sickness during the year, while one o f 50 years will have 1J f j w eek ; and a society may expect to have to pay in that proportion o f allowances during the follow ing year. In a small society, it is impossible that this should be exactly the case, but the larger the number is, the nearer will be the average ; and it is particularly desirable that an association should be quite numer ous, if it is expected that the principle should work well. For this rea son, friendly societies as they are established in England, will answer much better than our secret societies ; because, if these should have as many members, as the others may have without the least inconvenience, their management would become exceedingly difficult, and for many rea sons impracticable. The members or subscribers to a friendly society are not required to attend any meetings, as they may send their monthly dues to the person authorized to receive them, and females may therefore become members as well as males. The managers alone have certain days fixed on which they meet to transact business, and a general meeting only takes place once a year, to make a report to those who choose to attend it. There are, therefore, no rents to pay, except for a small room for the officers, in a central part, to be used once a w e e k ; no ornaments, banners, furniture, & c., to pro vide, and the whole expense consists in a moderate salary to one or more o f those officers whose duties are too onerous to be obtained entirely gratuitously, and for some stationery. The duties o f directors, trustees, & c., are so light, that public spirited men will be found in abundance to take charge o f them; who will readily devote a few hours every month for it, and which is all that is wanted. The object o f friendly societies goes far beyond the advantages ob tained in other benevolent societies and health assurance companies, because they provide not only for the sick, but also for the aged. In fact, what have the industrious most to fear ? 1st. T o be incapacitated to earn their daily bread by sickness— here the society steps in, to supply the food for his family, and to assist him with medical advice and medicine. 2d. T o be unable to support himself any longer by work, on account o f old age, and weakness o f body and mind accompanying it— when the society provides him with a certain income until his death. 3d. T o leave a family unprovided for— when the life assurance, or the sum to be paid at death, will be found a welcome assistance. All these advantages are secured by a small monthly contribution, 172 Friendly Societies : made while he still was able to provide for himself, and which will cease just at the period when his strength and energy will begin to fail. T o give a clearer insight into the internal machinery o f these societies, I offer some extracts from a work o f the Rev. John Thomas Becher, entitled the “ Constitution o f Friendly Societies upon legal and scientific principles, exemplified by the rules and tables o f the Southwell Friendly Institution, & c.,” and hope that they may lead to the establishment o f a similar association in this country, based upon truly safe and equitable principles. The above society is composed o f— Honorary members, contributing by benefaction £ 2 each, or by annual subscription at least five shillings. Ladies being also admitted at onehalf o f the above contribution. Ordinary members, being the regular contributors or subscribers for the benefits. The management is entrusted to twenty-four directors, including a pa tron, a vice-patron, a president, two vice-presidents, eight trustees, and a treasurer, and who are chosen out o f the male honorary members. Three directors form the board o f management, and meet once a week for the transaction o f business. There are besides four stewards, chosen out of the ordinary members, to investigate and ascertain in their behalf the state o f the funds and the management o f the institution, and to submit for the consideration o f the directors and trustees such observations or suggestions as they may deem calculated to promote the welfare o f the institution. An honorary physician, or more, are nominated, if such can be found willing to give advice gratuitously to such members o f the institution as may be recommended in writing by the secretary, or by the surgeon in attendance. One or more surgeons are appointed, who, on the application o f any person who may become a candidate for admission, are to ascertain and certify in writing the state o f his or her health. They are also to visit every sick member entitled to medical attendance once, at least, in every week, or at such other times as the board or the secretary may deem necessary. They are to record the date o f their attendance on the sick paper o f every member demanding pay in sickness, and to afford medical attendance, advice, and medicines, as often as needful, to every member entitled thereto. Voluntary male and female visitors, o f whom respectively one-half are honorary and one-half ordinary members, are appointed to visit, from time to time, all sick or infirm members of their own sex, to certify their condition weekly to the secretary, to convey to them, severally, their allowance, and to superintend the application o f the same on behalf o f every member who may be incapable o f so doing. Stipendiary visitors may also be employed, if voluntary ones are not found willing to officiate. The secretary keeps all the accounts and registers, receives proposals for admission and demands for allowance, collects the monthly contribu tions and fines, and pays such sums as the members may severally be en titled to claim. Salaries are only paid to the secretary, the surgeons, the stewards, and to the stipendiary visitors. The institution grants the following benefits:— 1st. An allowance in sickness, denominated full pay, half pay, (some times called bed-laying and walking pay,) and quarter pay. The full pay W ith reference to Annuities and L ije Assurance fo r the Poor. 173 is due to every member who is confined by sickness or infirmity to his or her bed or bed-chamber, so long as he or she continues unable to walk out o f the house, or to perform any work, or to execute any employment, or to exercise in any manner his or her customary occupation. Half-pay is due to every sick or infirm member who is able to walk out o f the house, or to perform any work, or to execute any employment; but not so as, during any one week, thereby to earn any sum, or to acquire any emolument equal in amount or value to his or her weekly half pay. Quar ter pay is due to every member during any sickness or infirmity which may entitle him or her to weekly pay, and which shall have been certified by the surgeon acting in behalf o f the institution to be incurable ; but nei ther the full pay nor the half pay shall be reduced to quarter pay until after the expiration of twenty-six weeks. Every assurance o f weekly pay in sickness entitles the member to re ceive and require from the surgeon, at the expense o f the institution, medi cal attendance, advice and medicines. 2d. Annuities to commence on arriving at the age o f 65 or 70, in week ly payments, for the term o f his or her natural life. 3d. The payment o f a certain sum on death, not exceeding, however, the-sum o f £100. Whoever makes an assurance in sickness, must at the same time assure an annuity after the age of 65 or 70, together with a payment on death; which combination has been devised with an intention o f preventing im position or inequality. Thus, were a sickly person to effect an assurance, what was gained in sickness would be lost in the annuity. On the other hand, should the healthy members receive but a small proportion o f the pay in sickness, there is a greater probability o f their living to enjoy the annuities. By a similar arrangement, the annuities and the assurances on death reciprocally co-operate, so that, by introducing a system o f bal anced interests, it seems scarcely possible to defraud the institution, or to preclude the attainment o f its benevolent objects. The members are divided into ten classes, and every person may select the class to which he or she is desirous o f belonging, but not so as to assure any weekly allowance in sickness, unless it shall appear that the amount o f his or her weekly earnings or emolument, calculated or esti mated upon an average for the year preceding his or her admission, has been equal to thrice the amount o f the weekly half pay of the class cho sen. The table o f the first class is assumed as unity; the tables o f the higher classes are found by multiplying their numbers with the amount o f contributions and benefits o f the first class. In the second class, the con tributions and allowances are therefore double ; in the third class, three times those o f the first class, & c., & c., leaving it optional to every one to select the class which best answers his or her means or wishes. The contributions may be paid monthly until the period when the an nuity commences, when they entirely cease, though the benefits still con tinue, or they may be paid in a single sum, which exonerates the mem ber from any further payments. The institution grants likewise, uncon nected with an allowance in sickness— 4th. Annuities, to commence at the age o f 60, not exceeding, how ever, ten shillings a week ; but another annuity o f additional ten shillings may be added, to commence at 65 ; and still another o f ten shillings, to commence at 70, making in all thirty shillings a week. Friendly S ocieties: etc. 174 5th. A life assurance not exceeding £ 500 on any one life. 6th. Endowments for children o f from £ 6 to £ 3 0 , payable on their ar riving at the age o f 14 or 21. I f desired, they may be made payable annually, from the age o f 14 to 21, in the proportion o f £ 1 a year for every £ 7 , payable at 21. 7th. Medical attendance, advice and medicines, may be secured with out an assurance in sickness, by agreeing to pay a certain single or an nual contribution. The work from which these extracts are taken, contains a very detailed explanation of the management, o f the simplest method for keeping the accounts, and for ascertaining periodically the situation and progress o f the society, with the various forms of applications, certificates, & c., with the aid of which no difficulty would be experienced in forming a society in this country. The tables therein contained, and those found in Ansell’ s Treatise on Friendly Societies, furnish the rules and materials for the computation o f rates more suitable for this country, the higher value o f money permitting a reform in the same. The following table will show the contributions required by the Southwell Friendly Society, payable in a single sum or in monthly payments until the age of 65, for a weekly allowance of two shillings, (sterling,) full pay, and one shilling, half pay in sickness ; an annuity o f two shillings a week, after the age o f 65, and the payment o f £ 2 on death. Class No. I. 15. 25. 80. 85. 40. 45. 50. In sickness............ £ 1 18 9 £ 2 2 6 £ 2 4 8 £ 2 6 1 £ 2 8 0 £ 2 9 5 £ 2 11 9 After 65................. 1 3 4 1 17 1 2 7 7 3 1 6 4 0 3 5 6 4 7 3 2 On death ............. 0 14 4 0 16 5 0 17 5 0 18 7 0 19 10 1 1 3 1 2 9 Total single pay’t. £ 3 16 5 £ 4 16 0 £ 5 In sickness...............£ 0 After 65.................. 0 On death................. 0 Total monthly........£ 0 02 0 14 01 0 0 0 0 44 0 9 8 £6 6 2 £7 8 1 £ 8 17 0 £ 1 0 17 8 0 2J 0 0 2 f 0 0 34 0 0 0 24 0 0 34 0 0 4J 0 0 0 14 0 0 14 0 0 l j 0 0 0 6 0 0 74 0 3J 0 6J 0 1} 0 0 4J 0 9| 0 2 0 94 0 0 11J 0 14 0 0 5J 0 1 3f 0 0 24 0 1 I lf It will be seen that a man aged 35 secures the above benefits by pay ing £ 6 6s. 2d. in one sum, without further payments, or by paying month ly 9 1 pence until he reaches the age o f 65, when all contributions cease, though he is still entitled to the benefits. At the above rates, reduced into federal money, a weekly allowance o f $5 full pay, or $24 half pay in sickness, a weekly annuity o f $5 after the age of 65, and a payment o f $100 on death, would cost— 20 In sickness......................................... After 6 5 ............................................. On death............................................. Total in a single sum............... ......... In sickness.......................................... ......... After 65............................................... On death............................................. Total monthly........................... $2 86 80 40, 50. 74 63 64 $ 1 1 1 57 237 77 43 54 $119 86 401 23 49 61 $129 21 715 68 56 84 01 $3 92 88 $5 70 70 $901 73 71 19 $0 1 0 40 $ 2 17 $ 0 50 $1 $0 61 32 24 33 $1 13 * 6 54 0 52 $ 3 78 $ 3 19 78 2 67 0 In the above calculations, the interest is computed at 34 per cent on ly ; 1 The New York Bank B ill o f the Session o f 1848. 175 at 5 per cent, which we could safely allow in this country, the above rates would be materially reduced, but to what extent, I have not yet ascer tained, it being an undertaking o f great labor to calculate the values of annuities, though I often intended to prepare such a table, which might prove an interesting guide to our numerous Odd Fellow, Temperance, and other benevolent associations, and prevent the danger o f doing injustice to themselves, or o f jeopardizing their existence. ■Many might think that the management o f such a society would be very difficult, and involve much labor; but referring to Mr. Becher’s work, I find that there is only one meeting in every year o f the honorary members, one every month of the trustees, and one a week o f the board o f directors. Most and nearly all the work devolves upon the secretary, who keeps the correspondence and all the books, which are, however, much more simple than we might perhaps imagine. He, with the assistance o f the stewards, has to attend one afternoon o f each week to receive applica tions for admission, claims for allowances, and the monthly contributions. There being scarcely any expenses— no rents for handsome offices, and heavy salaries to officers, no per centage need be added to the actual cost o f the granted benefits; the poor and industrious members receive them, therefore, not only on the very lowest terms, but also in easy instalments. Females, who cannot become members o f secret societies, and who would dislike to apply at our health assurance offices, are thus enabled to participate likewise in these advantages. The subject certainly deserves the full attention o f our philanthropists, and should it receive it, as I confidently hope it will, it would afford me the greatest satisfaction to lend my gratuitous aid, and to furnish further details and calculations, which it would be superfluous to give in this com munication, and encroach upon the limited space allotted in this valuable Magazine. j. f. e. Art. V.— THE NEW YORK BANK BILL OF THE SESSION OF 1848. I t was a remark o f the celebrated and illustrious George Canning, that in contradiction o f the popular opinion, if there were any two things es pecially that he distrusted, it was facts and figures. No one can study with attention the history o f the banking system o f the State o f New York, without conceding to Canning’s maxim more of wisdom than would at first appear its due. He will find an array o f statistics, supported by grave and elaborate calculations, careful deductions, and innumerable problems, all displayed by the advocate o f peculiar systems o f banking ; and to these arithmetical displays, the testimony o f valuable names added, and each in its day believed to be the result, the great result, desired, and for which others had in vain long labored. Yet time and experience, that go through this world o f ours, discovering the truth where men had for gotten or omitted to search for it, and proving the futility o f the clearest calculations, have demonstrated often that what was best supported by the statistics o f the past, failed first for the future ; and that the first break in financial machinery was frequently in the very place on which a wealth 176 The New York Bank B ill o f the Session o f 1848. o f guard and restraint, check and balance, rule and regulation, had been lavished. On no theme has there been so much o f theory poured out, as on the banking system. It has been the study o f the merchant and the legiti mate banker, and in their hands it has, as business usually does in the guidance o f business men, prospered. It has been the nucleus o f a library o f essays, all striving to exhibit their profound knowledge on the question, by going all around it— everywhere but at it. Chiefly it has occupied the attention o f legislative wisdom, and when committed, as it has often been, to the care o f the men who knew but little o f the practical opera tions o f banking, it created plans and projects which would have crushed or crippled the very business which it was designed they should benefit. All this time it has been forgotten that in all business operations, sim plicity is a cherished feature, and that whatever is complex, is a departure from the right; and for years it has been proclaimed as an axiom, that the business o f banking was one clothed in mystery— a very delicate machine, in which much o f lever and pinion on wheel was necessary, and that no rude hand must be laid on the structure. The State o f New York took banking in “ the natural way.” It did not come in in a storm o f experiment, but monied institutions were here and there organized, where the wants o f the business people required. In the great city, it, o f course, first developed itself, because there, amid the perplexing and complex turns o f the w’heel o f commerce, it was first man ifested that money needed a place o f bargain and sale as necessarily as any o f the great staples o f trade. A regular and quiet institution that was which first exhibited to the citizens o f the metropolis the order and method o f a banking-house. It had some customs which would now be considered quaint indeed, and rather ludicrous, but w'hich then seemed to be only an exhibition o f the obliging character o f the new “ fiscal agent.” It was a pleasant sight to see the old porter o f the bank taking round each note, as it became due, to the parties liable, so that, instead of, as now, hurrying to and through Wall-street, before the fatal hour o f three shall have struck its death blow to credit, the note was pure to be brought home, literally, perhaps, a more welcome visitor than now. A similar simplicity o f manner pervaded the customs o f the old Bank o f Albany, which was for so long a frontier institution— an outpost o f finance. Their business was always peaceably done, and no rash ventures were made. There was a caution as to credit, and a horror as to debt. It watched its own notes quite as warily as those o f its customers, and was, in all the community, a synonyme for prudence. The men associated with these two pioneer banks lingered long among us, as if the business had been a pleasant one, and conducive to longevity. The writer o f this sketch held an interesting interview with one o f these old gentlemen but a few months since, when he pointed out, in State-street, the locality where he had seen a treaty held with some o f the Iroquois by the colo nial governor, prior to the Revolution. The life o f any man is short, yet the existence o f these early financiers has been long enough to witness successive mutations in systems o f banking, each in their commence, ment heralded as the very surest and safest; certain remedies for all the ills to which credit and currency are heirs, and each in turn inspected, attacked, and denounced— the adulation o f the morning changed in the evening to invection. The New York Bank B ill o f the Session o f 1848. 177 It has been a misfortune in the history o f the banking system in this State, that an ad captandum name has generally been fixed upon the projects submitted to the action o f the community, so that the appellation has sometimes been oftener a reliance than the intrinsic worth o f the policy. A Safety Fund, a Free Banking Law, pronounce their own eulogy in their designation, and anticipate favor, rather than earn it. The rule to which the community agree in most o f the departments of life, is departed from too often, in reference to banks. Excellent men— good lawyers, it may be, or skilful physicians— admirable artisans, saga cious politicians, have been the compilers, devisers, inventors o f a bank law, and of statutes governing and regulating the transactions with the currency. The legislature has not always chosen from among its num ber those best qualified by experience, by practical knowledge, to judge o f what system o f banking would be surest and safest. It is from the mer chant, whose interests are identified with a sound and authentic circula tion— the banker, who has passed a lifetime in finance as a business, that the best suggestions and views must necessarily be obtained ; and stating this, is only bringing the laws governing money to fhe same guidance which would be given to any other science or profession. The wants o f business, and only those, make the necessity for a bank; and business men know best what is likely to do all that ought to be done, and to do that well. It is not for me to undertake the difficult task of a decision, as to what system o f banking for our State is best. The judgment o f the people through their representatives will undoubtedly be a wise one ; at least, it is most comfortable to indulge such a hope. It is fortunate that the com mercial interests o f New York are so firm founded and durable that not even a succession o f novelties in finance can seriously injure them. W e are approaching a crisis or an era in our banking, for the provis ions o f the constitution are paramount, and with the new rule compliance must be made. The subject was examined in the last session o f the legislature by a practical banker, who was at the head o f the Committee on Banks. He had for a series of years managed an institution, and with results that de monstrated the efficiency o f the laborer. His bank had furnished a cur rency always sound, and ready to be rendered into Ihe precious metals. The community in which the bank was situated, its customers and its stockholders, bore willing witness to the good sense and good judgment which had characterized its conduct. Mr. Ayrault discussed the subjects committed by the Senate to his care with ready directness o f purpose, re garding banking as a business interest, in which every citizen could look without machinery or mystery. The doctrine was well stated in the R eport:— “ On no question before the public judgment, has there been greater errors of extremes of opinion, so far apart, and so strenuously advocated, that the true theory, the sound decision, has been often among the things most difficult to be attained. It has been vehemently asserted, that all banking was a monopoly, given to the few against the rights of the many, and that that government alone had advanced far in the progress of preservation of the happiness and prosperity of the people, which most discouraged and opposed this pursuit. And by the side of this error, grew up its antagonist, bolding a doctrine utterly the reverse, and contending for the giving and the granting of privileges and exceptions, and fran12 V O L . X X .-----N O . I I . 178 The New York Bank B ill o f the Session o f 1848. chises, inconsistent with that equality and simplicity which is essential in the in stitutions under which it is our happiness to live. “ Banks and banking are conveniences of business which are to be regulated by the well established common sense practical rules which govern an honest in tercourse among men in all the pursuits of trade, and commerce, and labor; that there is to be neither mystery or privilege about them, but that their duties are just as clearly defined and definable as those of any other business in life, and that, when acting within these regulated limits, they are valuable instruments of the movements of society ; but that, whenever more than this is asked or attempted, and they are thrown into the combat of political or personal strife, they become obnoxious, and are worthy of the disapprobation of the people, expressed through their laws.” This is such a thorough view o f the subject as will meet, and did meet, a response in the minds o f the people, for it was new language in the legislative halls— indeed, it was breaking away at once from the confused and entangled methods o f other days, and it proved that progress was as much an attribute o f financial knowledge, as o f political or scientific. The very best kind o f progress is that which is simple and substantial. The bill which accompanied the report, and which was examined and debated by the Senate for several days, was intended, in an enlightened good faith, to present to the capital o f the State, already engaged, or wil ling to embark in the business o f banking, the means so to do with suffi cient facilities for all just and honorable enterprises, but guarded doubly strong against being made a vehicle of fraud or dishonesty. Its provisions looked to a valid payment o f all the capital— not in the representative o f currency, but in money ; and, indeed, a redeemable issue based upon a cash capital, was the doctrine o f the bill. It gave to the officer designated by the State, a control and a supervision over the business of each institution, and by a new and wholesome feature, provided for examinations by disinterested parties, residents o f the vicinity o f the bank, and likely to be acquainted with all the facts necessary to form a just judgment of its real condition. A proper reserve fund was directed to be left with the Comptroller ; and it could be readily demonstrated that, by the provisions o f Mr. Ayrault’ s bill, it would have been impossible, within the range o f ordinary contingencies, for a disastrous failure to have taken place, at least so as to affect the bill holder. The personal guaranty o f the constitution was recognized and embodied, and the utmost care taken to identify the bill with all the principles which the experience o f many years have shown to be reliable in the important department o f finance. The charters o f many o f our banks are, by the expiration o f the time allotted to them, ceasing to exist, and the capital employed must be with drawn, or forced into other channels. The establishment of a judicious system was demanded by the circumstances o f the times ; and whatever may be the diversity o f opinion entertained o f the plan thus proposed, its ability will not be questioned, nor its integrity. O f this last, the charac ter o f its author is a sufficient guaranty. It failed to be successful, it is true, but such is often the fate o f the best prepared and wisest matured projects. If a better can be framed, it will be welcomed with satisfaction, for the only purpose that has been sought, is the good o f the community— to give to banking capital all proper facilities for doing business, and, at the same time, holding it strictly to the accountability o f the most rigid and punctual discharge o f all its obligations. No man but a practical banker can devise a practical b ill; for it is Commercial Cities o f Europe : Dunkirk, France. 179 safest and surest to place the moulding of the great measures of finance in the hands o f those who have made it their business to acquaint them selves with all the mutations, the vicissitudes, the different phases o f the supply o f and demand for money. None theorize so extensively abou proper restraints and guards, as those who w'ould be puzzled to devise any worth imposing ; and yet, not seldom has the currency o f the country been the iast problem given to the solution o f those who had made it the business o f their lives to discover what that system is, which is at once active and safe. Undoubtedly some banking plan will be settled upon as the financial regulation o f our State. It will be best received, if based upon the prin ciples o f the every-day transactions among business men. Commerce and trade have, o f necessity, their rules, and no devising will be found as worthy o f confidence as that which shall meet the cordial approbation o f the business community. Note.— The necessity for some plan for the establishment o f banks of capital, is seen in the steady diminution o f the present institutions. There expire in 1849, 1 ; in 1850, 5 ; in 1851, 2 ; 1853,- 1 0 ; 1854, none ; 1855, 10; 1 8 5 6 ,2 ; 1 8 5 7 ,3 ; 1 8 5 8 ,3 ; 1 8 5 9 ,3 ; 1 8 6 0 ,3 ; 1 8 6 1 ,2 ; 1 8 6 2 ,7 ; 1 8 6 3 ,7 ; 1 8 6 4 ,5 ; 1 8 6 5 ,3 ; 1866,12. Art. V I.— C O M M E R C IA L C I T I E S OP E U R O P E . NUMBER XI. DU N K IR K , F R A N C E . SITUATION— HARBOR AND TORT— COMMERCE— COD, WHALE, AND HERRINS FISHERY— DOMESTIC TRADE— FOREION TRADE— ENVIRONS— INSURANCE, ETC. D u n k ir k , an important seaport o f France, lies upon the Dover Straits, in lat. 51° 2' 9" north, longitude 2' 22" east from Paris. Its distance from Paris is 68 leagues. Its population in 1836 was 25,000. Dunkirk is the nearest French seaport to London, being but 42 leagues distant from that city. H a r b o r a n d P o r t . The harbor of Dunkirk is a circular basin, the outer edge o f which is formed by a belt o f sand-banks. There being but two narrow passages through this belt, one to the east and the other to the west, it furnishes, during war, a defence against hostile cruisers. Since 1821, much has been done for the improvement o f this harbor. Among other works, we may mention the reconstruction o f the dam of Bergue, and the formation of a basin with a sluice, intended to pierce the bar. In 1836, additional improvements were made, the object o f which was to clear a channel for the entrance of deeply laden vessels. Several canals, with numerous branches, terminate at Dunkirk, and give that place a ready communication with Belgium and with Paris, and many manufacturing towns o f the interior, such as Arras, Lille, Valen ciennes, St. Quentin, & c., &c. In the harbor is a bed o f English oysters, like that at Ostend, and fur nished from the same place. These are sent to all parts o f France, and 180 Commercial Cities o f E urope: Dunkirk, France. have obtained possession o f many o f the markets formerly supplied by Ostend. C o m m e r c e . I f the capital o f Dunkirk was at all proportioned to the skill, enterprise, and hardihood o f its people, its commerce would attain the highest prosperity. But, at present, almost all the business o f the city is conducted on account o f merchants residing elsewhere. About 600 cargoes (amounting to some 40,000 tons) of coal, from the mines o f Anzin, Mons, and Fresne, are annually exported from this place. The products o f the cod fishery also form an important article o f export. A great number o f cargoes are sent to Caen, Havre, Bordeaux, Mar seilles, and especially to Rouen, whence they are forwarded to Paris and places beyond. C od , W h a l e , a n d H e r r in g F i s h e r y . The cod fishery is very ad vantageous to Dunkirk. It employs from 12 to 1500 sailors, brings large returns to fitters, and enriches the city by the encouragement it aflbrds to mechanical industry. About 100 vessels are engaged in this business. They are fitted out in February, and return in September or October. Their fishing ground is off the north-western shores o f the Atlantic. The salt used in curing the cod is brought from St. Ubes. As soon as the fish are taken, they are cleaned and packed in casks. Their livers produce fish oil. The oil obtained from other parts o f the intestines is used in tanning leather. The annual product o f this fishery is about 4,000,000 kilograms o f cod, valued at 2,000,000 francs. The whale fishery, which in 1790 was carried on from this place with great success, was, for a long time, entirely abandoned. In 1832 it was resumed, and during the following four years, eight ships were fitted out. A great obstacle to the success o f this business, is the difficulty o f ob taining experienced captains, and skilful and intrepid sailors. Unfortu nately the government bounties have been given to those shippers who employ native seamen, instead o f to those who obtain the services o f skil ful foreigners, such as the Scotch and Americans. The whale fishery is carried on both in the Northern and Southern seas. The northern voy ages are only six or seven months in length; the southern are usually about two years. In 1790, seventy vessels were sent from Dunkirk on the herring fish ery ; but at present, the business is almost abandoned. The ports o f Dieppe and Boulogne have outstripped all their competitors. D o m e s t ic T r a d e . Dunkirk sends to Havre gin and glass o f its own manufacture, chicory, flax, oil, linen, & c. T o Caen it sends coal, cod fish, oil and seed-oil cakes. T o Brest and Cherbourg, timber for ship building, gin, chicory, starch, & c. T o Saint Malo, flax and flax-seed. Several cargoes o f tobacco are annually shipped by the government agents to Havre, Morlaix, and Bordeaux. Fifteen or twenty cargoes o f flax and other articles, such as chicory, lard, oil, &c., are sent to Bay. onne every year; from which place two or three loads o f tar, pitch, and resin, are received in return. Dunkirk receives a large quantity o f wine from Bordeaux and its neighborhood, and competes with Rouen in the ex port of champagne to Russia and Prussia. Its canals, communicating with the interior o f Belgium, give it great advantages as a place o f ex port ; especially, because the charges for pilotage and entry are very heavy in the ports o f Belgium. Dunkirk also receives from Bordeaux 2 Commercial Cities o f E urope: Dunkirk, France. 181 or S00 casks of brandy and spirits, besides coffee, sugar, cocoa, pepper, cloves, raisins, primes, Cainpeachy wood, juniper berries, sumac, rice, al monds, & c. From Marennes, and the islands o f Oleron and Re, Dum kirk receives about 150 cargoes o f salt; and from Havre considerable quantities o f exotic wood and colonial products. T o Marseilles, this port ships annually about eighty cargoes o f linseed and other seed oil, the manufacture o f Lille and its environs. In return, there come nearly thirty.loads o f soap, almonds, wood, liquorice, olive oil, sumac, & c. Its shipments to Cette consist mostly o f grain and flour, and the annual returns from that place are about thirty cargoes o f the wine o f Provence and Languedoc, some Spanish and Italian wine, and a considerable quantity o f the brandy and spirits o f the neighborhood. The wheat produced in the neighborhood of Dunkirk and Lille is, in color and weight, the finest in France, and is always in great demand. O f late, large quantities have been shipped to the French ports on the Atlantic and the Mediterranean. F o r e ig n T r a d e . The commerce o f Dunkirk with foreign countries is not less active than its domestic trade. It sends to England the wines of Burgundy, Champagne, and Bordeaux, flax, tow, oil-cakes, and many small cargoes of apples, purchased by the English in the markets o f Bergues, Bourbourg, & c. It receives from that country, in return, iron in pigs and bars, lead, grind-stones, mill-stones, litharge, lamp-black, cotton, sulphur, colonial products, cheese, wool, cattle, cow and calf skins, & c. Considerable contraband trade is also carried on with England in silks, brandy, gin, & c. From Norway, Dunkirk imports great quantities of timber o f all kinds ; from Russia, linseed, hemp, tallow, tar, pitch, potash, & c . ; from Portu gal, salt, oranges, citrons, figs, raisins, and other fruits; from Tuscany, some cargoes o f potash; from the United States, tobacco, potash, cot ton and dye w oods; from Martinique, sugar, coffee, cocoa, Campeachy wood, &c. T o Martinique and Gaudaloupe, Dunkirk exports gin, brandy, bottles and demijohns, peas, beans, potatoes, the products manufactured in the north o f France, such as cottons, linens, lawns and laces, perfumery, furs, articles o f dress, such as habits, robes and chemises, nails, iron ware, cables, small cord, bricks, tiles, candles, brushes, hemp and flax. A regular line of packets runs between Dunkirk and Hull. The port has also three lines o f steamboats, running to Havre, Hamburg, and Rotterdam. E n v ir o n s . In the environs of Dunkirk there are some manufactories, such as gin-distilleries, sugar-factories, glass-houses, (producing bottles and demijohns to be exported to the colonies,) and also a white-lead fac tory and a ship-yard, which is in constant activity. But, to a stranger, the most striking feature o f the surrounding country is the perfection to which the cultivation o f the soil is carried. The chief agricultural pro ducts are grain and the red beet. There are also extensive pasture lands in the neighborhood, supplying food to an immense number o f cattle. I n s u r a n c e , e t c . It is difficult to effect marine insurance at this place. But few o f the merchants take risks, and the business is left to the agents o f the Antwerp, Havre, and Paris companies. The number o f vessels belonging to the port is about 200. An entrepot o f prohibited merchan dise is established here. 182 Statistical View o f the American W hale Fishery. Art. VII.— STATISTICAL VIEW OF THE AMERICAN WHALE FISHERY.* T he whaling fleet o f the United States consisted, on the 1st o f Janu ary, 1849, o f 580 ships and barks, 20 brigs, and 13 schooners, with atotal tonnage o f 195,598 tons, owned in the following places :— Ships Sc barks. Brigs. Schooners. 246 67 48 49 41 2 1 1 i W hole N o. o f vessels. i 4 20 21 15 8 10 10 6 6 6 16 1 8 10 5 15 2 8 6 10 4 5 4 1 5 4 3 6 10 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 .. Tons. 80,660' 23,477 17,880 15,805 14,649' 6,558 6,414! 4,897 3,315 3,059 2,804 2,408 1,984 1,880 1,615 1,459 1,260 1,106 949 720 709 398 374 256 227 249 69 53 49 41 20 21 i l 222 175 137 111 90 ! CD O 1 N ew Bedford...................... Nantucket.......................... N ew London.................... Fairhaven........................... Sag Harbor....................... Warren, R. I .................... Stonington......................... M ystic............................ Cold Spring....................... Greenport........................... W estport........................... Edgartown......................... Newport............................ Mattapoisett................. -.. Fall River.......................... Providence......................... Provincetown................... Falmouth........................... Holmes’ H o le ................... L ynn.................................. Bridgeport......................... Salem.................................. Wareham........................... Sippican............................. N ew Suffolk...................... Bristol................................. Plymouth......................... Somerset............................ Dartmouth......................... Yarmouth.......................... Total......................... 13 20 613 195,595 Average tonnage.... 319 The ship Hope, o f New Bedford, sailed in 1843, last reported ashore at New Zealand, is not included in this list. The largest vessel in this fleet is the ship South Ameriea, o f Providence, 616 tons, and the smallest the schooner Atlas, o f N ew London, 81 tons. The time o f sailing o f these vessels is as follows :— Ships Sc Sailed in 1844............. “ 1845............. ............................ “ 1846............. “ 1847.......................................... “ 1848............. In port............................ Total................. ............................. Barks. Brigs. 81 1 165 580 Schooners. . T o ta l. ii i 82 i 123 7 5 170 172 55 20 13 613 2 3 10 3 _ * For an elaborate account o f the American W hale Fishery, embracing a history o f its rise and progress, see Merchants* Magazine for November, 1840, Vol. III., pp.361 to 394 183 Statistical View o f the American W hale Fishery. ► The vessel now at sea out the greatest length o f time is the ship Bar clay, o f New Bedford, sailed 20th July, 1844. The ship Alexander, o f Sag Harbor, arrived 19th July, 1848, about four years ten months and four days, perhaps the longest voyage ever made by an American ship. O f the whole number o f vessels at sea (558), about one-half are engaged chiefly in the sperm whale fishery, the other half making the right whale the main object o f their pursuit; the vessels o f larger tonnage being gen erally right whalers, and the smaller, including the brigs and schooners, in the sperm fishery. About 35 brigs, schooners, and small barks are employed in the sperm whale fishery in the North and South Atlantic; about 85 ships and barks in the South Atlantic and Indian Ocean for sperm and right w hales; and most of the remainder in the Pacific— those for right whales cruising on the coasts o f Asia and America from 1st March to 1st October each year in latitude 35° to 60° N . ; the sperm whalers cruising on the line, and coasts o f Peru, Japan, and New Zealand during the whole year. The following table shows the nurrtber o f vessels employed in the Amer ican whale fishery at different dates during the last twenty years:— Ships & Barks. January 1, 1829..................................... “ 1834..................................... “ 1843..................................... “ 1846..................................... “ 1849 184 414 589 680 580 Brigs. 17 7 55 34 20 Schooners. Total. 2 203 14 22 13 658 736 613 It will be seen from this table, that while the increase has been very great since 1st January, 1829, yet the last three years have shown a de crease o f 123 vessels, or 17 per cent, being a greater reduction than the increase of the three previous years. From the tables at the close o f this article, it will be seen that the ships arriving with whale oil in the years 1843, 1844, and 1845 were absent but little more than two years, and averaged 2,058 barrels whale oil, with an average price o f 3 4 j cents ; while the right whale ships arriving in 1846, 1847, and 1848 were absent an average o f thirty-one months, and obtained only 2,066 barrels o f whale oil, with an average price o f 33 cents— an addition o f one-fourth to the time, with no increase o f quantity and with lower prices. The laws o f profit and loss, which invariably govern all trade, have caused this great reduction in the whaling fleet; and unless the price o f whale oil should materially advance, or new and undisturbed grounds (as the waters frequented by whales are technically called) be found, which it seems can be hardly hoped for, all oceans, seas, and hays having been visited, the number o f vessels in this branch o f the whaling business will probably continue to decrease. Those well qualified by experience and observation to judge, believe that all the vessels employed in the right whale fishery the past three years have not, in the aggregate, paid to their owners 6 per cent interest, without regard to profit, which, from the great length o f time, hazard, and risk, ought certainly to be looked for. The diminution in the whaling fleet here spoken o f has fallen on those vessels engaged in the capture o f the right whale, the prices obtained for sperm oil affording fairer remuneration for the additional time now required for a voyage. The right whale ships formerly procured their cargoes en tirely in the South Atlantic Ocean, on the coast o f Brazil, where the first 184 Statistical View o f the American W hale Fishery. vessels were sent about 1774, and were absent from nine to twelve months. The whole amount o f whale oil then taken was very small. In the year 1826, the whole number o f vessels sailed from the United States for this fishery was 23, viz :— New Bedford, 13 ships ; Sag Harbor, 6 ; New London, 2 ; Vineyard, 1 ; New York, 1 ; and the whole import o f whale oil in 1828, twenty years since, was but 46,065 barrels, whalebone 417,966 pounds— whale oil being worth about 26 cents, and bone 37| cents. About the years 1829 and 1830 the right whalers began to extend their cruises eastward, and found abundance o f whales in the vicinity o f the Isl and of Tristan d’Acunha. Having never been disturbed, the whales here were tame and easily taken ; and many ships returned from this ground in 1831 and 1832, absent from seven to nine months, with full fares, and the old cruises on the Brazil banks were abandoned. As the whales grew shy and were killed off in the South Atlantic, the ships worked east o f the Cape o f Good Hope, in the Indian Ocean, off the South Coast o f New Holland, and finally at New Zealand, around which last island was the favorite cruising ground for right whalers from 1835 to 1640. Here, too, the untiring energy o f the whalemen frightened and dispersed the fish which his skilful hands failed to capture, and new and undisturbed fields were to be sought out. About this time right whales o f a large size were found in the North Pacific Ocean, and in the year 1839 the ships Elbe and Beaver, o f Poughkeepsie and Hudson, took 2,600 barrels o f whale oil off the north-west coast o f America. Gradually, as the ships resorted to this ground, they cruised west towards the coast o f Kamtschatka, and found whales very abundant in the seas on the east coast o f Asia. The following table shows the amount o f whale oil taken in north lat itude in the Pacific Ocean. Years. 1839............ ......... 1840........... 1841........... ......... 1842........... ...... 1843............ ...... Ships. 2 3 20 29 108 A v. bbls. 1,400 587 1,412 1,627 1,349 Bbls. 2,800 1,760 28,200 47,200 146,800 Years. 1844 .............. ........ 1845............ ........ 1846........... ...... 1847............ 1848............ ...... Ships. 170 263 292 150 A v. bbls. Bbls. 1,528 259,470 953 250,600 869 253,800 1,055 186,650 (Estimated.) Reports at this date (January 10) have been received from only 8 ships which had left the coast in 1848, and they had only taken an average o f 704 barrels. In the year 1846, an adventure was started from New London for the capture o f the right whale in Davis Straits, where the English have whaled for 200 years, but which had heretofore remained undisturbed by Yankee skill and daring since the Revolution ; and it was argued that, as the Americans had driven the English from the South Sea fishery, they might successfully compete with them among the icebergs o f the north. The first fitting and preparation o f a vessel for the ice whaling is at tended with much expense not required for any other voyage. The bot tom o f the ship must be double covered with oak plank, and her bows very strongly fortified, without and within, to enable her to force her way through the ice and resist its pressure. The ship McLellan was pur chased, fitted, and sailed for Davis Straits April 8, 1846; since which time she has made three voyages averaging 6 months and 20 days, with an average cargo o f 612 barrels whale oil. The success o f this ship has not been sufficient as yet to warrant the sending of any additional vessels to the ice, but the McLellan is fitting for another voyage thither. 185 Statistical View o f the American W hale Fishery. The inhabitants o f the Island o f Nantucket were the first persons to engage extensively in the whale fishery, and as early as the year 1690, they made whaling a profitable business, discovering the whale from a look-out on shore, capturing him in boats, returning to the shore with the carcass to extract the oil from the blubber. As the whales grew scarce around the island, they pushed off into the ocean in small vessels, and in the year 1748 they had 60 sail, from 50 to 75 tons, and caught 11,250 barrels o f oil. The first sperm whale caught at Nantucket, and probably by Americans, was taken by the schooner Hussey about the year 1712. The ship Beaver, o f 240 tons, sailed from Nantucket in the year 1791 for the coast o f Peru, and was the first American whaling vessel which doubled Cape Horn. She cost $10,200 fitted for sea, was absent 17 months, and brought home 1,000 barrels sperm oil, and 250 barrels whale oil. IMPORTED AT NANTUCKET IN Years. 1808.................... 1818.................... Sperm oil. Bbls. W hnle oil. Bbls. 7,707 14,864 10,503 13,426 Sperm oil. Bbls. Years. 43,174 22,362 1828.................... 1848.................... W hale oil. Bbls. 1,033 7,409 Although the enterprising inhabitants o f Nantucket were the first to engage extensively in the whale fishery, yet they have not greatly in creased their number o f vessels in thirty years; and while New Bedford and other places have added a large number o f ships, the good people o f the island seem to have been satisfied to hold on the even tenor o f their way. I Ships Nantucket owned, January 1 ,1 8 1 9 ........................................ “ “ 1829........................................ “ “ 1849........................................ 8c Barks. Brigs. 57 60 67 Schooners. 1 1 1 1 Showing an increase in twenty years o f only seven ships and one schooner. New Bedford, which stood but little ahead o f Nantucket twenty years ago, has made very large additions, and now owns nearly half the whaling tonnage o f the United States. Ships &. Barks. Brigs. Schooners. New Bedford owned, January 1, 1829............................... “ " “ 1849................................ 67 246 8 2 1 1 The following table shows the import o f sperm oil into the United States, with the average price, for the last thirty-four years, since 1815:— 1815................ 1 8 1 6 ................ 1817................ 1818................ 1819................ 1820................ 1821................ 1822................ 1823................ 1824................ 1825 ............... 1826................ 1827................ 1828................ 1829 ............... 1830................ 1831................ ......... ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ $ 1 40 1 12 0 0 0 0 72 90 83 92 0 68 ........ 0 71 ........ 0 62 ........ 0 66 Bbls. 2,186 7,343 31,603 17,102 22,716 32,127 43,365 42,839 86,725 92,475 60,052 33,000 92,865 73.000 80.000 106,201 106,436 1832................ 1833................ ......... 1834 ............... ......... 1835................ ......... 1836................ 1837................ ......... 1838................ ........ 1839 ............... ........ 1840................ 1841................ ........ 1842................ ........ 1843................ 1844 ............... 1845................ 1846................ 1847................ 1848................ 0 85 0 72 0 84 0 82 0 86 1 05 0 94 0 73 1 01 Bbls. 71,435 90,000 121,700 172,682 128,685 181,724 125,977 142,483 158,431 157,413 165,637 166,985 139,481 157,603 95,219 120,753 107,876 186 Statistical View o f the American W hale Fishery. Largest import in twenty years in 1837,181,724 barrels ; highest price in 1839, $1 05. A table showing the import o f whale oil since 1828, and the average price since 1840 :— Bbls. Bbls. 1828.......................... 1829.......................... 1830...... .................. 1831.......................... 1832 ......................... 1833........................ 1834................ 1835........................... 1836..................... 1837........................... 1838.......................... 46,065 64,039 86,294 113,948 179,244 159,166 122,292 125,100 131,157 219,138 225,000 $ 0 36 0 33 0 32 1839.......................... 1840 ................... 1841.......................... 1842.......................... 1843.......................... 1844.......................... 1845.......................... 1846........................... 1847.......................... 1848........................... $0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30£ 31J 33f 344 364 32} 33 36 33 227,816 208,688 205,019 161,041 206,727 261,245 272,186 207,481 313,150 280,656 Largest import in 1847. IMPORT OF WHALEBONE SINCE 1844. 1844........................... 1845........................... 1846........................... 2,532,000 3,167,000 2,276,000 3,341,000 2,023,000 1847............................ 1848............................. 4 It is believed that no accurate record was kept o f the import o f whale bone for many years previous to 1844, but it is safe to estimate that a right whale will yield at least 800 pounds of bone to 100 barrels of oil. The price o f this article has fluctuated from 9 cents in 1821 and 1822, to 55 and 60 cents in 1844. The following statistical tables, showing the average time and success o f the whaling vessels for the past seven years, are arranged from the New Bedford Shipping L is t:— SPERM W HALERS. SHIPS AND BARKS PROM THE PACIFIC AND INDIAN OCEANS. Years. Ships arrived. Av. time absent. Months. D ays. 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 ....................................... ....................................... ....................................... ....................................... ....................................... ................: .................... ....................................... 55 70 69 91 42 52 52 41 41 43 43 41 45 41 Sperm oil. Whale oil. Bbls. Bbls. 1,973 1,641 1,419 1,291 1,350 1,505 1,292 8 13 ... 21 6 12 19 135 124 293 387 280 219 192 It will be seen from this table that while the time o f the ships arriving the past year was about the same as in 1843, five years since, yet the quantity of oil was diminished nearly one-fourth. ATLANTIC SPERM FISHERY. IN SMALL BARKS, BRIGS, AND SCHOONERS. Years. 1842 ............................................. 1843............................................. 1844............................................. 1845.............................................. 1846.............................................. 1847.............................................. 1848.............................................. Vessels arrived. 65 55 42 43 48 34 31 Av. time absent. Sperm oil. Whale oil. Months. D ays. Bbls. Bbls. 280 288 248 238 259 228 303 12 13 14 28 20 12 13 14 15 16 7 7 9 21 25 38 76 14 42 18 The vessels employed in this fishery have diminished more than onehalf in the past seven years. < 187 M ercantile Law Cases. RIGHT WHALERS. 80IPS AND BARKS WHICH CRUISE MOST OF THE TIME FOR RIGHT WHALE OIL, AND DO NOT RE TURN THE NEXT YEAR AFTER THEY SAIL. Years. Ships arrived. Av. time absent. Months. D ays. 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 ...................................... .................... ............ .......... ................................... ................ ............ 74 90 112 101 94 150 122 24 25 25 24 30 31 33 15 10 9 ... 2 7 2 Sperm oil. Whale oil. Bbls. Bbls. 1,792 1,937 2,059 2,180 2,034 1,978 2,187 422 311 248 196 225 195 222 STOCKS OF WHALE AND SPERM OIL ON HAND. Sperm oil. January 1, 1848....................................................... “ 1849.............................. ....................... MERCANTILE Whale oil. Bbls. Bbls. 5,690 9,590 29,170 20,600 LAW Whalebone. Lbs. 921,500 994,600 CASES. BARBOUR'S CASES IN THE SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK* T h is is the first volum e o f N ew Y ork Suprem e C ourt R eports that ever co n tained cases in E quity, and M r. B arbour has entered upon the new era o f State reporting, and com m enced the series o f reports under the n ew constitution in an admirable manner. T h e present volum e is g ot up in very handsom e style, and the work o f the reporter, in stating the facts, g iv in g the argum ents o f cou n sel and the opinions o f the court, fully and ably done. In his p reface, M r. Barbour briefly sketches the chan ges in the ju d iciary o f the State lately brought about by the ab oli'ion o f the Court o f C hancery, the m erging o f equity ju risdiction into that o f the Suprem e Court, the increase o f the number o f Suprem e C ourt ju d ges from three to thirty-tw o, and the division o f the State into ju dicial districts, with four ju d ges in each, and the consequent breaking up o f the State (a cco rd in g to those disposed to take the least favorable view o f the ch a n g e ) into eight local courts, instead o f one really Suprem e Court. O ne o f the difficulties arising from this supposed defect in the new system , is obviated by the course w hich w e understand M r. B arbour has pursued in pre paring this volum e. A ll the d ecision s m ade during the period o f tflis volum e, (Septem ber to D ecem ber, 1847,) are not given ; but the reporter was furnished by the ju d ges with su ch decisions as seem ed m ost important, and harm onized with each other. U nless this cou rse w ere pursued, the profession and the public m ight be favored with the edifying spectacle o f the same volum e o f the reports o f one and the same court, containin g d ecision s directly overruling the one, the o t h e r ; or i f su ch a thing cannot be supposed o f tribunals, co-ordinate and equal d ecis ions neutralizing and ca n cellin g each other. T h e great feature o f the new ju d iciary system is its elective character. T h e division o f the State into local districts, (adm itting su ch to be the effect o f this system ,) is com paratively o f little moment. S u ch , how ever, is not, in fact, the effect o f the n ew arran g em en t; or rather, the system is so carried out as to pre vent this lo ca lizin g effect. T h e new c o d e o f N ew Y o rk requires the governor, in designating the ju d ges to hold the courts throughout the State, to so assign them , that “ not m ore than one-half, nor less than one-fourth, o f the courts to * Reports o f Cases in Law and Equity in the Supreme Court o f the State of New York. By O l iv e r L. B a r b o u r , Counsellor at Law. Vol. I. A lbany: Gould, Banks, &. Gould, 104 State-street. N ew Y o rk : Banks, Gould, & C o., 144 Nassau-street. 1848. 188 Mercantile Law Cases. w h ich each shall be assigned, shall be held out o f the district within w h ich he was elected .” By this w ise provision, while the services o f the ju d ge are in the m ain confined to his constituents, on the other hand, the advantage is secured, to a degree, o f having ju d ges not immediately appointed by those upon w hose con cern s they decide ; and at the sam e time, the objection is partially obviated, that the new system is too lo ca lizin g in its tendency, and lacks unity. We repeat, it is the fact that the Judiciary, the first volume of whose reports is before us, is an elective one, which gives this volume its peculiar interest. It contains not many cases of a direct mercantile bearing. But what merchant o f liberal views can fail to perceive the general and the important bearing of such great changes as have lately been made in the Judiciary system of the State o f New York ? Whatever affects the law of remedy on contract, or the tribunals by which that law is administered, affects the merchant. It must be satisfactory to the merchant, as well as to the lawyer, to find in this, the first volume of the new reports, the evidences of that same ability and learning which have hitherto marked the decisions of New York. Indeed, strange as it may seem, it is ex ceedingly doubtful if the most strenuous opponent of the elective system, on taking up this volume and reading it through, without previous intimation, would know that it came from an elective, or judiciary, or one appointed in any other way. A m o n g the decisions o f general interest to m erchants, is the able opinion o f Ju stice Edm onds, in the m atter o f P rim e, (p ag e 29 6.) M essrs. P rim e, W a r d , & C o. w ere arrested, shortly after their failure, upon a warrant issued under the non-im prisonm ent act (so called ) o f 1831, at the suit o f a judgm ent creditor. T h e statute provides, that on paying the debt for w hich he is arrested, or g ivin g se curity to pay it in sixty days, or m aking an assignm ent o f his property, or giving bond to assign, the debtor m ay be discharged. M essrs. Prim e & W a rd offered, on their arrest, to m ake a general assignm ent for the benefit o f all their creditors, and demanded their d isch arge. T h e plaintiffs insisted that they w ere entitled to a disch arge for their ex clu siv e b e n e fit; and the sin gle question to be decided, and w h ich , singularly enough, had never been settled, although the statute has n ow been in force seventeen years, w as w hether the assignm ent entitling the defen dant to his discharge, is a general assignm ent, or one for the benefit o f the prose cu tin g creditor alone. Justice Edm onds, after a masterly analysis o f the statute, com es to the con clu sion , contrary to his first im pression, that the debtor m ust as sign for the benefit o f the judgm ent creditor alone, w ho prosecutes. T h e decision in K oppel vs. H en richs, (page 44 9,) is important to foreign con suls and those dealing with them. It is a w ell established and w ell know n rule o f jurisdiction, that foreign consu ls can only be sued in the federal courts. In this case, the defendant, after the com m encem ent o f a suit against him in a State court, w as appointed consul at N ew Y ork for one o f the Germ an states. T h e c o u r f held that a subsequent appointment o f this kind does not divest a State court o f ju risdiction previously acquired. T h e well know n ca se o f M etzg er is also reported in this volum e. M etzger w as a notary in F ra n ce, w h ence he fled to the United States, charged with for geries and em bezzlem ents to a large am ount. T h e F ren ch authorities, upon his arrest here, demanded his surrender under the entradition clau se o f our treaty with F rance o f 1843. N o law had been passed by C ongress, since the ratifica tion o f this treaty, providing for, or pointing out, the m ode o f carryin g it into effect. Justice Edm onds, after a most able and elaborate constitutional exam i nation o f the question, com es to the con clu sion that this clause in the treaty doeB not execu te itse lf; that further action is necessary than the m ere ratification o f the treaty by the President and S enate, to give it legislative infra-territorial e ffe c t ; and that no su ch act having been enacted by C ongress, there w as no authority in State or federal officers to hold or surrender the prisoner. H e w as, therefore, discharged. Those interested, as victims, or otherwise, in the strange and stringent system of assessments for improvements, pursued in the city of New York, and in other cities in the State, will read with interest the decision in the matter of the Flatbush Avenue, (page 286,) in which it is held that in proceedings for the sale o f Mercantile Law Cases. 189 property for assessment?, the utmost accuracy must be observed by the Commis sioners, and the directions of the statute strictly pursued. Such are a few of the important cases in this volume; and judging from its contents, we think all will agree, that in respect to its law reports, at least, the republic of New York has, as yet, taken no detriment from the establishment of an elective Judiciary, which, it was anticipated by many, would be attended with very grave results. LIABILITIES OF SURETIES ON THE BONDS OF EMPLOYEES, IN BANKINO AND OTHER PUBLIC INSTITUTIONS.* In the Supreme Court of Louisiana, on appeal from the Fifth District Court of New Orleans. Louisiana State Bank vs. James Duplessis, el al. Louisiana Slate Bank 1 vs. >Appeal from the Fifth District Court of New Orleans. James Duplessis, el al. ) S l i d e l l , Justice.— T h e defendant, L edou x, becam e the surety o f Jam es D u plessis, w ho was appointed note clerk o f the bank on the 26th o f F ebruary, 1840. T h e bond by w h ich D uplessis and his tw o sureties, L edou x and D urive, bound them selves join tly and severally, bears date 29th February, 1840, and is for the sum o f $ 1 2 ,0 0 0 . It d eclares that, “ w hereas Jam es D uplessis had been appointed note clerk, to continue in office during the will o f the present or any future board of directors o f said bank. N ow , the condition o f the above obligation is such, that if the said James D uplessis shall well and truly, and faithfully do and perform all and singular the duties o f said office o f note c le r k ; shall render a faithful accou n t of all m onies and effects com m itted to his ch arge, or under his c o n t r o l; and g en erally, shall save the said L ouisian a State B ank harm less from, or on a ccou n t of any n e g lig en ce or m iscon du ct o f him, the said Jam es D u plessis ; then this obli gation to be void, or else to remain in full fo rce and virtue.” D u plessis em bezzled from the bank, at different times in the years 1841, 1842, and 1843, an am ount e x ceed in g $ 1 2 ,0 0 0 , and the present action is brought to re cov e r from L ed ou x the am ount o f the bond, with interest from ju d icial demand. T h e re are three grounds o f defence presented by c o u n s e l:— 1 st. T h e petition admits that the first am ount em bezzled by D uplessis w as taken on the 30th day o f M atch , 1 8 4 1 ; and consequently, that he discharged his duty faithfully until that time. It is contended, therefore, that under the bond the de fendant is not liable, because, at the date o f the first defalcation, his appointment had e x p ire d ; that his office w as an annual office, and that his sureties w ere bound for one year only. C onfining our inquiry to the words o f the contract, in ascertaining its intention, it w ould be im possible to recog n ize the limitation claim ed. B ut it is said that though the w ords o f the bond m ay cov er an indefi nite period, y et i f by an a ct o f the legislature, or the records o f a corporation, it appears that the office was annual, the obligation m ust be understood as referring to an office so limited. The argument presented is mainly deduced from the provisions of the charter, with regard to the election of directors. It provides that the dirctors of the bank shall be annually elected, and forbids the re-election of more than two-thirds of the directors in office at the time of each annual election; permitting no director to hold his office more than three years out of four in succession. But it does not follow from this legislation with regard to the board of directors that the mere clerks and servants of the .corporation should hold their appointments by the same tenure. If these clerks and servants were to be considered the mere clerks and * T he following case was tried before a jury, and a verdict rendered in favor o f the defendants. The decision o f the Supreme Court, on appeal, is a most able and highly important one, involving the liabilities o f sureties on the bonds o f employees, in banking and other public institutions. W e give the opinion o f the Court on the points involved, condensing the report o f the case, which, with testimony, occupies nearly fifty pages.__ Commercial Times. 190 Mercantile Law Cases. servants o f those w h o appoint them , the con clu sion m ight be a reasonable one. B ut w e do not so regard them. T h e y are the clerks and servants o f the corpo ration, and the limited term o f service o f the directors does not control the dura tion o f such appointments. T h ere is nothin g in the by-law s o f the bank lim iti in g the duration o f the p lace o f the note clerk, and his appointment itself w as general. T h e se view s rest upon high judicial authority. T h e subject w as c o n sidered in the case o f A nderson vs. L angden, (1 W h eaton , 91,) in w hich one M cL e o d was appointed agent o f a com pan y for the purpose o f en cou ra gin g the m anufacture and use o f dom estic m erchandise. T h at case is alm ost analagous to the present one. In the argum ent o f it, the case o f the C om m onw ealth vs. F airfax is cited, where the words “ s o lo n g as he shall continue in office,” in the condition o f a sh eriff’s bond, w ere not construed to extend to a second and new appointment. C h ie f Justice M arshall, in delivering the unanim ous opinion o f the C ourt, said “ the case o f the sh eriff’s bond is very different. T h e com m ission o f sheriffs, in V irgin ia, is a n n u a l; o f cou rse his sureties are bound for one year only. It is true the directors o f a com pany are elected annually, but the com pany has not said that the agent shall be for one 'y ea r o n ly ; his appointment is during pleasure. T h e sureties do not becom e sureties in con seq u en ce o f their confidence in the directors, but o f their confidence in the agent, w hose sureties they are.” In the case o f the U nion B ank vs. R id g e ly , the suit was upon a cashier’s bond, w h o had been appointed w ithout an y specific duration o f his office having been fixed. T h e propositions in that case had been urged ineffectually, and negatived by the court. S ee 1 H arris & G ill, M aryland reports, p. 432, w herein it is held that the cashier’s office is limited only by the duration o f the charter, subject to the rem oval o f the incum bent by the directors, and that he was not necessarily an annual officer. T h e same doctrine is mentioned in the case o f the Dedham B ank vs. C hickering, 3d P ick erin g, 340. T h e coun sel in the present case had laid m uch stress upon the 5th section o f the charter o f the bank, providing for the appointment by ballot o f the president and directors, and other officers, agents, and servants. I f the legislature had in tended that the clerks and servants o f the bank should be appointed annually, that the duration o f their offices should be for one year only, it is surprising that this should have been left to m ere im plication. T h e law giver seem s to us to have considered the subject o f legislation m utual only, with regard to those w h o w ere to govern and control the institution, leaving the matter as to the agents and ser vants o f the corporation to the discretion o f the g ov ern in g pow er. W e find pro vision is made in the charter with regard to the amount o f the cashier’s bond, but nothing is said as to the duration o f his office ; y et the sam e clause w h ich grants the pow er to appoint the cash ier, provides for the appointment o f clerks. It is said, how ever, that in this case there w as a re-appointment o f D uplessis, and the counsel reply to show the fact, and as indicative o f the construction put by the directors upon the charter, an entry from the m inutes o f the board, dated 3d M arch , 1841, being a resolution confirm ing the clerks in their respective situ ations. T h is is but an approval o f past appointments, and cannot be construed into a n ew appointment. W e find nothing in the authorities cited at the bar w h ich conflicts with the v ie w w e have taken as to this point o f the defence, to w i t : T h e L iverpool W a te r C om pany vs. A tkinson, 6 East, 5 0 7 ; L ord A rlin gton vs. M erick e, 2 Saunders, 4 1 1 ; the W arden s o f St. Saviones vs. B ostock , 5 B os., and F uller, 1 7 7 ; the United States vs. K irk p a trick ; the ca se o f the collector o f the poor and church rates in 2 B ingham (D u dley vs. E v an s) 32, and in B igelow vs. B ridge, 8 M ass., 267, in all o f w h ich the period o f appointment, or duration o f term o f office, is e x pressly stipulated and averred. T h e defendant could not have m isunderstood the term s o f the bond, and m ust have considered him self responsible for D u plessis’ honesty as lon g as the bank should think proper to em ploy him in the cap acity designated in the instrument. 2 d. T h e next ground o f d efence taken by I.ed ou x is, that he is discharged from all liability to the plaintiffs, becau se the bank, although called on by the defen- Mercantile Law Cases. 191 dant to take legal steps against D u plessis, refused to do so, and allow ed him to abscond. D efendant relies on the article 3030 o f the C ivil code, w h ich is the sam e as the article o f the N apoleon code, and upon the opinions o f certain F ren ch com m entators and tribunals as to its ju st intendment. Under the R om an law , it seem s that the refusal o f the creditor to sue upon the request o f the surety, w ould not operate the surety’s d isch arge, I 62 f f de fide ju ss, and D om et, B ook III. tit. 4 , se c. 2, art 5. I f w e look to the literal lan gu age o f the article 2037, cod e N apoleon, and the corresp on d in g article o f our code, it w ould require an act o f the creditor to dis ch a rg e the surety. “ T h e surety is discharged w hen by the act o f the creditor the subrogation to his rights, m ortgages and privileges, can no longer be operated in favor o f the surety.” W e are o f opinion, that under the circum stan ces p f the present ca se, there has not been such an om ission as w ould authorize us to con sider the surety discharged. T h e surety w as prom ptly notified o f the defalcation. I f he desired to have D uplessis arrested under the a ct o f 1840, it was fully in his p ow er to have obtained an order o f arrest by p aying the bank. T h e point in question w as considered in the case o f Borette vs. M artin, 16 Louisiana 36, by Judge M artin, w h ich fu lly sustains the opinion o f the present C o u r t ; see also ca se o f C ou g ot vs. Fournier, 4 R ob. 423, and Givil C ode, art. 3026. 3d. T h e next ground o f d efen ce, that L ed ou x has been discharged from all lia bility on the bond in consequence o f the gross n eg lect o f the plaintiffs to perform the conditions, expressed and im plied, w h ich w ere incum bent upon them , and w hich form ed the consideration o f his con tra ct as surety. In support o f this point, the defendant relies upon the by-law s o f the bank, and the testim ony o f th e cashier. T h e by-law s point out the duties o f the cashier in taking charge o f the cash and exam ining the accou n ts o f the bank, and also require the directors shall visit monthly the vaults, and cause an inventory to be made, to be com pared w ith the books, in order to ascertain that they agree therewith, & c . T h e in quiry into the effect o f the facts above stated (the testim ony o f the cash ier) upon the legal right o f the parties, resolves itse lf into tw o branches, o f w hich the first is, w hether these by-law s o f the bank are to be considered as entering into the contract o f the surety. They certainly are not referred to expressly in the bond. It was conditioned for the faithful performance of Duplessis’ duties; there was no useless qualifica tion that the surety would be bound only in case the directors should vigilantly discharge their duty according to the by-laws of the bank. As between these parties, we feel bound to say that the by-laws are directory to the managers of the iqstitution, and do not form a part of the contract with Ledoux. See Angel and Ames on Corporations, and the authorities cited. The question then remains, whether, under the terms of the bond itself, and the general principles of law affecting the contract, the absence of minute vigilance on the part of the directors, unaccompanied by fraud, discharges the surety ? Ledoux bound himself for the honesty of Duplessis, and he has been unfaithful— not a guaranty that he should be honest if closely watched—a bond with such a clause would not be accepted. The language of Chief Justice Marshall, in the case already cited on another point, is very pertinent here. See also Trent Navi gation Company vs. Harley, 10th East, 4 0 ; Angel and Ameson Corporations, 317 ; 2 d Metcalf, 2 4 1 ; United States vs. Kilpatrick, 9 Wheaton, 737. We must attribute the verdict of the jury to an erroneous conception of the legal effects of a want of exact and searching vigilance on the part of the cashier, and per haps of the directors; and probably the refusal to have Duplessis arrested, con tributed to turn their minds in favor of the surety, whose case is unfortunate. It is therefore decreed that the judgment of the Court below in favor of Ledoux, be reversed, and that plaintiff recover of said Ledoux the sum of $12,000, with interest and costs. 192 Commercial Chronicle and Review. COMMERCIAL CHRONICLE AND REVIEW. TENDENCY TO SPECULATION IN THE MARKETS—INCREASED DEMAND FOR GOODS—ACCUMULATION OF CAP ITAL—ADVANCE OF STOCKS, AND IMPROVEMENT IN PRICES OF GOODS—UNITED STATES STOCK ISSUES ON FOREIGN ACCOUNT—PUBLIC CREDITORS RESIDING IN NEW YORK—EUROPEAN INVESTMENTS IN UNITED STATES STOCKS OF ALL DESCRIPTIONS—DEMAND FOR SPECIE—AUSTRIAN CREDIT—THE ROTHS CHILDS—PRICE OF PRODUCE IN GREAT BRITAIN— IMPORTS, EXPORTS, AND DUTIES OF NEW YORK IX 1848—NEV^ YORK DIVIDENDS—BOSTON DIVIDENDS IN BANK AND OTHER STOCKS—BALTIMORE DIVI DENDS ON CITY LOANS, BANKS, AND OTHER STOCKS— OUR COMMERCIAL RELATIONS WITH FRANCE, ETC. T here has been during the month a continued tendency to speculation in the several markets. T h e singular demand for goods w h ich sprung up for California, on receipt o f the remarkable new s from that rom antic region, gave an im pulse to business at a season usually dull, and by redu cin g stocks o f goods and im proving p rices at m oments w hen minds w ere bein g excited by the w onderful accoun ts that w ere daily received through a thousand avenues o f intelligence, gave a prac tical effect to the speculative desire, and prices, w hich have ruled low for a lon g tim e past, have generally advanced, the m arket presenting an unusual d egree o f activity and bu oyancy for the season. T h e im provem ent is m ore particularly observable in the articles o f ashes, coffee, cotton, corn, flour, m olasses, whale and sperm oils, beef, pork, pickled and sm oked m eats, nutm egs, dom estic liquors, sugars and w halebone, as w ell as in dry goods, w h ich are probably som e 15 per cen t higher than at the clo se o f the fall season o f business, with small stock s and limited im portations. Both m anufactured and imported goods g iv e ev iden ce o f the im proving sales and brightening prospects o f the com in g year, and this feeling is m anifest in the enhanced demand for, and rising prices of, raw material. Cotton, m ore particularly, has, under the influence o f improved trade in E urope, advanced som e 2 0 per cen t on the low er, and 17 per cent on the high er grades since the early part o f D ecem ber, and this advance has imparted great confidence to the southern trade. D u rin g the past year the accu m u lation o f capital in the coun try has been so rapid, under m any favoring circu m stan ces o f internal prosperity, that property o f all kinds has steadily im proved in value, notwithstanding the untow ard state o f the foreig n trade, the disordered condition o f E urope, and the w ar expenditure w e have encountered. S tock s, m ore particularly, have felt this influence, and month by m onth they have im proved, until the rates n o w are m uch over those o f last year. G overnm ent stock s, m ore particularly, are som e 8 per cen t higher at the clo se than at the com m encem ent o f the year, the prosperity o f w h ich is indicated in alm ost every direction to w h ich the attention is turned ; and there never prob ably was a w eek preceding N ew Y e a r in w h ich m oney could be m ore readily ob tained on all securities than in the last w eek o f D ecem b er, 1848. Many articles of goods and produce have improved under the influence of the California news, as well from direct demand for that destination, as in the case o f oils, from collateral influences; as it has been apprehended that the with drawal of force from the whaling trade to dig gold in the Sierra Nevada, will di minish the supply of oil. Provisions were also for a time enhanced in value, through fear of the effects of the cholera at New Orleans in checking supplies. All the elements of prosperity are, however, in action both here and in Europe; Commercial Chronicle and Review. 193 and while cotton and breadstuff's are being exported in considerable quantities at improving rates, the foreign demand for stocks is large and increasing. In our number for December, we gave a table of the issues of stocks at Washington on foreign account, from October 2d to November 18th, inclusive. The following table brings down the issues to January 13th :— UNITED STATES STOCK ISSUES ON FOREIGN ACCOUNT. T o— Total, Oct. 2 to Nov. 18. Nov. 25. Dec. 2. Jan. 6. Jan. 13. Total. England........... ... $1,765,550 $346,000 $192,000 $346,500 $137,500 $2,787,550 161,000 G erm any......... 95,700 37,200 157,800 349,500 801,200 France............. 71,000 132,950 49,000 62,000 515,550 16,500 11,000 Switzerland.... 40,800 12,000 4,000 84,300 2,000 Cuba................ 5,000 7,000 Portugal.......... 7,000 7,000 3,800 Canada............ 96,100 2,000 101,900 Ireland............ 13,000 23,000 Belgium.......... 3,000 3,000 Brazil................ 28,000 5,000 33,000 ....... Spain............... 62,000 62,000 ....... 7,000 Madeira.......... 7,000 2,200 T o ta l...... ... $2,574,550 $496,700 3,200 $306,400 $600,800 $457,250 $4,435,700 During the months of June and December a full statement is made out in the Treasury Department of the amount of interest due to each stockholder of the several loans, and transmitted to the assistant treasurers, from Boston to New Orleans, and ready for disbursement on the first day of January and July respect ively. This arrangement suspends the transfer of stocks on the books from December 1st until the 1st of January, and it is therefore not until the reopening that it is possible to ascertain what investments have been made on foreign account for three or four weeks ; for, although assignments may continue to be made in the certificates of stock in the market during that period, the transactions will remain incomplete until the transfer can be made on the public records. On the opening of the books it appeared that the following is the number of public creditors residing in the city of New York, and the amount of each loan held by them, including the number and amount held by non-residents, whose agents reside in the city :— N o. o f creditors. Of the loan of “ “ “ “ “ “ “ “ 1842........ 1843........ 1846........ 1847........ 1848........ 265 151 328 837 330 Amount held by them. $2,921,331) 3.323.100 2.676.300 9.492.300 5.667.100 32 00 00 00 00 1,911 $24,080,130 32 This is the number of names on the several dividends payable in New York on the 1st instant. The whole amount of the several loans, exclusive of coupons, was, on the 1st instant, $39,936,316 83. In the first week after the opening, $198,000 was transferred on account of Messrs. Corcoran & Riggs. It is a remarkable feature that the transfers on French account have increased, and this arises probably from the fact that im proving prices in Paris permit holders to realize from French property for invest ment in more profitable if not more safe securities. Among these investmenta was $13,000 by the Prince de Joinville. V O L . X X .----- N O . I I . 13 194 Commercial Chronicle and Review. It will doubtless be the case, that such a reaction in the European markets as will permit of the realization of property at any reasonable rates, will produce as extensive investments in the United States descriptions. Thus, before the revo lution, French 3 per cents were at 74, which gave an interest of 44 per cent. At the latest dates those three per cents were at 4S, at which rate they yield 64 per cent, and are exposed to all the frightful evils that flow from a bankrupt and un steady government. To realize such a stock, and invest in American securities, would be but the part of ordinary prudence. Thus a person who held French rentes, that cost him, at 75 per cent, $3,000 one year since, received $120 an nual interest. If he can now realize those bonds at 50 per cent, he may invest in American stocks and still receive $120; thus he will have sustained no actual loss in income by the fall of 25 per cent. Active parties abroad are bringing these facts prominently before the public. In London, United-States 6 per cent stock may be had at 99J, which will give, clear of all expenses, 54 per cent for 20 years ; at the same time 3 per cent consols were at 87, a rate which will give 3} per cent interest, only making 50 per cent in the income of a stock in favor of the American security, and no stock will compare with the United States in point of safety. The demand for specie, silver more particularly, for the continent of Europe is large, and sustains the rates in London in the face of extraordinary arrivals from America. Since the peace of 1815 it has been the case that industry and com merce and paper credits have made great progress upon the continent, and con sequently the circulating paper has entered largely into the currency of Austria, Prussia, and France. In the present time of distrust, the old desire to hoard specie has returned in double force, and a marked feature in all the great cities is the desire to exchange notes for silver, and the demand for this purpose absorbs, at high rates, all that arrives in London. The Austrian credit is in a very hazard ous condition, and a new loan of about $40,000,000 is proposed, among growing republicanism, to support a tottering dynasty. Hitherto, the omnipresent house of Rothschild has been the focus into which the floating capital of the people of all European countries has been concentrated and applied to the demands of gov ernments. Their efficiency depended upon the allegiance of the monied men to existing governments. The revenues of aristocracy, gentry, and the better class of trades people, were freely loaned to the support of governments, which, under the name of protection, conferred monopoly on capital, and exacted from the laboring many the means of paying interest on the surplus profits thus derived and loaned to the state. The house of Rothschild has, for forty years, been the agent be tween the governments and these classes. An entire change has now taken place, and it has become manifest that labor must be emancipated from thraldom and oppression; hence the classes among whom the Rothschilds retailed the stock they took from the government have no longer confidence in these securities ; and when Austria proposes a loan, the means of paying of which depends upon the subju gation of two countries like Italy and Hungary to a foreign yoke, in this age of the world, the hazard becomes too great. While the demand for specie is thus active for Europe, however, it appears that the accumulation of gold in the Bank of England is exceedingly rapid, and the amount is now approximating the highest ever held, being over £15,500,000 ; and while money continues abundant in face of large importations of breadstuffs Commercial Chronicle and Review, 195 into Great Britain, those large supplies keep the rate of food down to such a point as admits of a marked improvement in the home trade of the country, aa evinced with increased activity of the manufacturing districts and the advance in cotton. As compared with last year, the exports of certain articles of produce from September 1 to January 6 were as follows, to Great Britain and Ireland :— Years. Flour. Bbls. 1847 ................ 1848 ............... Increase......... Price. Jan. 6. W heat. Busk. Corn. Bush. Corn meal. Cotton. B bls• Buies. Price, fair. Cts. 95,767 $6 06 118,094 639,994 5 75 854,005 606,301 51,715 164,651 6| a 9 5,071,713 45,193 352,400 5* a 6f 544,227 4,465,412 735,911 ........ 187,749 The increase in value of exports is, for this period, very considerable, and with every prospect of improving markets for these articles abroad, the commerce of the year 1849 will probably turn out large and lucrative. The imports and ex ports of the port of New York, for the current year ending with December, has been as follows:— IMPORTS PORT OF NEW TORE. 1847. Jan u a ry.... February... M arch ........ A p ril.......... M ay............ June............ Ju ly............ August....... September.. O c t o b e r .,.. November.. Decem ber.. Specie. $90 874 1,235,122 1,329,458 3,397,064 1,326,697 547,813 294,219 195,555 94,546 100.773 58.915 39,712 1848. Free. Dutiable. $478,443 $5,499,082 285.128 5,889,387 786,937 6,000,746 1,987,033 8,339,429 738,755 5,868,261 401,358 5,789,109 861,578 7.950,602 404,290 12,974,190 916,109 8,111,845 312,383 4.753,836 471,142 4,117,164 111,251 3,316,845 1847. Specie. Free. Dutiable. $42,306 $561,129 $8,941,088 49,502 141,539 9,506,859 22,781 2,199,749 5,971,601 65,917 475,314 6,639.716 133.922 1,283,754 5,087,279 69,532 525,088 4,718.404 64,631 650,055 7,046.389 133,855 1,128,553 9,790,775 197,098 513,749 8,168,294 127,998 439.587 5 130.332 104,971 185.970 4.518,565 70,488 283,755 3,251,940 1848. Duties. Duties. $1,434,836 $2,357,317 1,496,716 2,416,497 1,652,092 1,553,003 2,109,404 i;C86,506 1.487,173 1,312,036 1,460.017 1,143,497 2,068.335 1,794,236 3,337,341 2.532 273 2,096,604 2,119,571 1,232.404 1,328,833 1,024,760 1,122,549 856,576 806 620 T o t a l.... $3,710,748 $7,754,407 $78,571,102 $1,083,001 $8,388,642 $78,843,842 $20,256,204 $20,172,938 EXPORTS. 1847. January,.. . February.. . March........ A p ril.......... June............ July............. August . . . . September.. O ctober.. . . November.. D ecem ber.. Specie. 73,728 4,000 243,885 73,558 158.000 134,333 27,070 66,000 350,925 674,548 1.455,946 1,786,865 Foreign Dutiable. 49,073 63.697 83 082 77,385 230,7(50 123,358 79,255 114,888 146,332 156,852 207,162 104,242 T o t a l .... $4,833,455 $1,436,286 1848. Foreign Domestic. Free. 26,273 3,043,552 15 379 3.384,733 51,355 3,768,574 45.713 3,737.088 97,711 3,573.393 188,299 6,810,203 42,735 6,687.681 52,357 4,812,063 46,843 2.672.452 81.722 3,151,238 54,558 1.907,879 30,178 1,998,524 Specie. 1,183.517 433.226 452,507 1,176.423 2,449.253 1,971,915 744,!'83 331,031 501,445 832,423 482,156 365,878 Foreign Dutiable. 222,684 432 909 216,490 183,149 207,382 147,017 89,289 150,244 175.846 231,789 166.874 383,954 $733,123 $45,547,340 $10,734,783 $2,607,582 Foreign Free. 4.496 15,520 94,639 21,794 3.755 12,213 14,190 38,992 41.421 74,924 34 504 23,311 Domestic. 2,456,615 1,974,428 2,181,194 2350,936 2 600,990 2,235,844 2.J89.125 2,230,909 2 936,293 3.576,051 3,695,287 2,616,787 $334,299 $31,002,379 The importation of dutiable goods has, it appears, been very nearly the same as last year, while the exports of domestic produce decreased $14,500,000, or nearly 30 per cent, and that of specie was much increased. It will be observed, how ever, that in the last four months of the year there was a great excess of domes tic exports. Thus the amount was as follows :— Years. November. December. Total. 1847 .............. 1848 ................. $2,672,452 2,936,293 September. $3,151,238 3,576,051 October. $1,907,879 3,695,287 $1,998,524 2,616,787 $9,730,093 2,824,418 Increase........ $263,841 $424,813 $1,787,408 $918,263 $3,094,325 The increased exportable value is 334 per cent, and added to the amount of stocks sent abroad, as above stated, in connection with diminished imports, irtdi- Commercial Chronicle and Review. 196 cates the large supply of bills as compared with demand, and the importations for the spring business are not likely to be large, at least in the early part of it. The goods imported for the past year have not remunerated the shippers very well; and although the demand for California has affected many descriptions, and improved the rates, it is probable that prices will not here rise so as to be remu nerative in face of the renewed consumption of, and demand for, goods in most countries of Europe. The rise in raw materials, wool and cotton more par ticularly, under the enhanced demand from manufacturers, who look forward to a fair amount of business consequent upon the improved condition of the agricul tural regions, arising from the prosperous export trade. The dividends earned by most companies, and payable in January, may be approximated in the following figures:— HEW TORE DIVIDENnS. Interest. payable. N. Y ork State debt United States debt. tt tt Indiana..................... Illinois...................... Ohio......................... Maryland................ Aggregate pub. st’k Tradesmen's B ank. Mer. Exch’ge Bank Seventh Ward Bank North River Bank. Bank o f A m erica.. Phcenix B ank......... Bank o f Commerce Chemical Bank....... H 24 6 2 3 4 14 N . York & Erie R ’d Harlem Railroad.... Pater’n & Hud. R ’d Cam’n & A m ’y R ’d T o ta l.................. tt it it ttit- 5 8 4 4 it 3 3 tt tf 4 4 tf It it tt ft 34 tt 4 tt 6 ft 34 Total banks......... N. Y ork Ins. Com . p. c. 6 tt Owned in New York. Owned in Europe. Am ount o f interest. $23,937,248 6,927,835 44,876,499 5,534,000 12,000,000 16.964,282 11,986,784 $12,330,000 2,323,100 16,757,030 1,600,000 3,000,000 4,000,000 1,000,000 $10,120,000 1.000,000 4,000,000 3,000,000 6,000,000 6,507,828 5,600,000 $312,705 173,195 1,346,294 110,680 60,000 581,754 165,175 $122,226,648 400,000 750,000 500,900 655,000 2,001,200 1,200,000 3,447,500 400,000 $32,910,130 325,560 482,550 405,650 477,850 1,028,800 844,420 1,886,280 285,000 $36,227,828 $2,749,803 2,640 20,000 25,500 60,000 1,900 20,000 25,100 26,200 317,200 74,042 68,380 42,000 211,640 137,800 5,000 21,000 $9,353,700 500,000 4,250,000 2,250,000 500,000 3,200,000 $5,776,110 327,300 3,768,100 1,746,500 200,000 1,200,000 $138,586,348 $54,528,140 Capital. $657,360 54,380 49,200 600,000 $400,042 15,601 20,000 192,000 $36,988,738 $3,376,845 The Erie Railroad dividend or interest is only on the new stock, $3,000,000, and the Harlem on the preferred stock, $1,500,000. The proportions of stock owned in New York, as here given, are mostly from official sources. The stocks owned in other States, and in the interior of this State, form the balance between the sum of that owned in Europe and in this city, and the whole capital. That for New York is from a comptroller’s report. The United States stock is that portion payable to holders in the city of New York, and we have estimated the proportion of that amount so held on foreign account. The Ohio stock held abroad is as it stands on the books of the compa ny, and the Indiana and Illinois according to the proportions subscribed to the new loan. The bank and company stocks are according to an official report. There is a considerable amount of distant bank stock—Clinton Bank, Columbus ; Franklin Bank, Cincinnati; Bank of Kentucky, and Bank of Mobile, &c., in ad dition to Eastern and Western Railroads, Insurance, Trust, Savings, Gas and 197 Commercial Chronicle and Review. Canal Companies, &c., that are owned in this city, on which the dividends are receivable this month, as well as many city insurance dividends on mutual insu rance scrips, &c., which we have not enumerated, as also interests upon mort gages. The amount of the leading dividends payable in Boston, was estimated as follows:— BOSTON DIVIDENDS. When paid. Capital. Stocks. Dividend. Amount. $ 1 6 8 ,0 0 0 2 06,000 118,964 8,571 72,000 106,000 86,925 13,500 4 $ 4 ,2 0 0 ,0 0 0 January 1— Boston and Worcester Railroad................... 4 5,150,000 Western Railroad............................................ 4 2 ,974,100 Boston and Maine Railroad.......................... . « “ int. on new st’ k 1,800,000 4 •“ Lowell Railroad, (paT $ 5 0 0 )... 4 2 ,650,000 Fitchburgh Railroad........................................ 2,8 9 7,50 0 3 Boston and Providence Railroad.................. 3 45,0 00 Pittsfield and North Adams Railroad......... 2 0 0 ,0 0 0 6 Tremont Insurance Company....................... 300 ,00 0 4 American Insurance Company..................... 300,000 7 Franklin Insurance Company....................... 500 ,00 0 4 Salmon Falls Manufacturing Company....... 480 ,00 0 4 Jackson Manufacturing Company................ Cocheco Mannfac. Com., on 2,COO shares.. Interest on Albany Bonds............................. On Mass. Bonds, (Eastern Railroad $2,500, Norwich and W or cester $ 1 6 ,0 0 0 ) ...................................................... ........................... On United States Loans...................................................................... On Boston City Stock........................................................................... On Norwich S tock .......................................... On Vermont Central Railroad Bonds............................ On Cheshire Railroad Bonds.............................................................. On Vermont and Mass. Railroad Bonds............................................ 19,200 42.0 00 30.000 12,500 200,000 13,000 6,000 9,000 13,000 900 $ 1 ,2 0 7 ,5 0 0 Total amount payable January 1. W hen paid. 1 2 ,0 0 0 1 2 ,0 0 0 2 1 ,0 0 0 2 0 ,0 0 0 Stocks. January 6— Cabot Manufacturing Company.................... “ 8— Fall River Railroad.......................................... “ 15— Eastern Railroad, Massachusetts...... ........... “ N ew Hampshire................ Boston and Sandwich Glass Company......... Boston Exchange Company............................ Connecticut River Railroad............................ Interest on Massachusetts scrip, issued for stock in Western Railroad.............. ......... . « 20— Old Colony Railroad........................................ Capital. Dividend. Amount. 15,000 500,000 3 36,7 50 1,050,000 3i 2 ,655,700 4 106,220 492 ,50 0 4 19,708 300 ,00 0 9 ,000 3 335,000 10,050 3 1,500,000 60,000 4 1,600,000 3 Total....................... ................................. . 2 4,8 75 4 ,800 $ 1 ,4 9 3 ,9 0 3 The following is an approximation to the capital, dividends, and amount of in terest paid in Baltimore, for the last half year:— BALTIMORE DIVIDENDS, Banks. U nion............................... Farmers and Planters’ .. Merchants’ ...................... W estern.......................... Chesapeake..................... Franklin.......................... Baltimore......................... Mechanics’ ...................... M arine............................. Capital. $ 9 1 6 ,3 5 0 0 0 600,625 0 0 1,500,000 0 0 308,280 0 0 3 4 0 ,57 7 0 0 304 ,20 3 0 0 1 ,2 0 0 ,0 0 0 0 0 590 ,84 4 0 0 310,000 00 Dividend. per cent. 3 Amount. $ 2 7 ,4 9 0 34 2 1 ,1 2 1 3 3 3 3 3 45,0 00 9 ,2 4 8 10,217 9,126 36,009 20,6 79 10,8 50 34 34 Commercial Chronicle and Review. ^98 BALTIMORE DIVIDENDS— CONTINUED. Banks. Farmers and Merchants’ ........................... Commercial and Farmers’ ........................ Insurance. firem en ’s .................................. Baltimore Life..................................... Miscellaneous. Baltimore W ater............................ Turnpikes. Baltimore and Reisterstown................... Frederick......................... • “ Y o r k ................................ W ashington.................... “ Harford .............................. Boonsborough .................... United States Stocks. United States 6 ’s .................... “ 5 ’s ........................................ Baltimore City Loans. Baltimore city 6 ’s ........... “ 5 ’s ........................................ Capitnl. $ 3 9 3 ,5 0 0 00 512 ,56 0 00 Dividend. per cent. Amount. 3 4 $ 1 1 ,8 0 6 2 0,5 02 2 52 ,00 0 00 6i 1 0 0 ,0 0 0 0 0 3 15,750 3,000 500,000 00 4 ' 2 0 ,0 0 0 C38.000 5 97,302 279 ,00 0 140 ,00 0 1 00 00 00 00 1 0 0 ,0 0 0 0 0 6 8 ,0 0 0 0 0 i 4 f 24 4 6,380 4,480 1,395 1 ,0 5 0 2 ,5 0 0 3 40 2 ,8 0 0,42 5 00 58,3 00 00 84,012 1 ,458 4 ,4 5 6,71 3 12 905,421 84 66,850 11,3 18 3 ,7 3 8 ,3 3 4 202 ,32 6 1,744,208 1 , 0 0 0 ,0 0 0 500 ,00 0 56,0 75 6,069 2 1 ,8 0 2 11,2 50 3 ,7 5 0 M aryland Stocks. 6’s, payable quarterly.................................. 6 ’8 “ 5’s 4 £ ’s “ M 3’s “ semi-annually......................... quarterly.................................. « “ Total ......................................... 34 15 27 00 00 $ 5 3 9 ,5 1 8 There are several other companies of which we have no account, and besides these, there are the loans of the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad, which, with others, will make the amount of the dividends and interest since the 1st of October, over $650,000. The amount of dividends of these three cities, payable in January, is probably not short of $6,500,000, and it wifi be remembered that these are the January dividends only. The New York companies pay some of them in almost every month in the year. Thus, of twenty-five banks, only seven pay in January, as above. In nearly every instance there has been an increase of earnings for the last six months of 1848 over the corresponding period of former years. Thus, seven New York banks declare $356,142, January, 1849, against $320,288, January, 1848, being probably a larger dividend than has ever been earned by the institu tions in any previous similar period. The accumulation of capital in the United States for the past few years has been exceedingly rapid, both from economy and industry, as well as from immi gration, and the unfortunate results of English and European harvests, which have compelled the expenditure of much money there for those products of agri cultural industry which were here in excess, and which, without European demand, would not have been readily available. It has also been the case during the past year, that political convulsions have induced the sale of goods abroad at very low prices for cash, and there was probably never a time when the consumers of goods in the United States procured so valuable returns for their surplus produce. In this manner it is that the capital of the old world serves to accumulate that of the new. In England, when the money price of food is high, the money price Commercial Chronicle and Review. , 199 of the products of industry is generally low, and they have in consequence to give double quantities of their industry for food, and reciprocally the United States get double prices for breadstuffs. As thus, if with flour at 20s. in Liver pool, a certain quantity of cloth will command 10s. per yard, then a barrel of United States flour will exchange for two yards. If, however, flour rises to 35s., and, as a usual consequence of the advance of food, the cloth falls to 7s., then the LTnited States producer gets five yards of cloth instead of three. In this man ner it is that the United States have profited by the events in Europe for the past two years. It has been the effect of the English corn laws to produce these vio lent fluctuations in price, and, as a consequence, to dissipate, in a twofold ratio, the capital of the country in time of scarcity. In February, 1849, according to the existing law, the duties on corn will be finally removed in England, and the English market will be open to the surplus of all countries. The effect of this will be, probably, not to produce any violent and sudden change in the markets; but gradually, under the action of rapid steam communication, to keep the Eng lish markets so well and steadily supplied with food as to prevent anything like those serious fluctuations which have been witnessed in the last two years. That wheat rose in England to some 120 shillings per quarter, grew out of the fact that imports so large as she then required were unusual, and commerce had made no provision for the transportation ; hence a large portion of the price was absorbed in that item of expense. The events of that year showed, however, what before had not been fully credited, viz: that with adequate means of transportation there is no limit to the supply which can be furnished by the United States, and a very considerable portion of this supply can, by the great railroad communications to be opened this year, in ad dition to others already in existence, be promptly placed in a rising market. Under the new administration of France, there is the best hope that those anti quated and monarchical restrictions which have so long clogged the commerce, and hampered the industry of that country, will be removed, or at least relaxed, in favor of the United States. Up to this time, France has no commercial trea ties ; but the new president, as far as any direct indications have proceeded from himself, recognizes those sound principles of political economy which alone are suited to a republican form of government, based upon the actual equality of its citizens. Peace, and unrestricted and individual enterprise, unbiased by gov ernment, are asserted to be the elements of French prosperity, and to attain these ends, many taxes must be removed. England, as an instance, has found it ne cessary to abandon the tax on cotton, and Germany has done so likewise. France cannot tax the article and expect her people to compete with those spin ners who use the untaxed article. The manufacturers of England found 12 per cent duty too onerous on the raw material, and they repealed it; yet the French manufacturer continues to pay 30 per cent! That the commercial relations of republican France and republican America will be drawn closer together, for the advantage of both, there can be no doubt. 20 0 Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance. JOURNAL OF BANKING, CURRENCY AND FINANCE. THE COINAGE OF THE UNITED STATES. T he Mint o f the United States, which has been established for the coinage o f the pre cious metals, is one o f the most important branches o f the Treasury Department o f the General Government. Placed by the Constitution under the supervision o f the Secretary o f the Treasury, its operations are annually reported by the Director, and laid open by the President to Congress. It is our design, in the present paper, to trace the progress o f this establishment from its origin to the present time, and to exhibit the facts connected with the kind and amount o f the coins which have been issued from the institution during the whole period o f its existence. W hile the colonial dependence o f the country upon Great Britain continued, the earli est coins which were here circulated were derived from the parent government. In the colony o f Massachusetts, however, as well as in other colonial settlements, those were so scarce that it was customary to prosecute domestic trade and to pay taxes by the transfer o f the products o f the land, as well as cattle, and also furs and peltry. In consequence o f the inconvenience springing from this condition o f things, the former colony, during the year 1652, passed a law establishing a Mint. This law provided for the coinage o f shil lings, sixpences, and threepences, to be o f the fineness o f sterling silver, and to be 44 two pence in the shilling o f less value than the English coin.” This Mint continued in exist ence thirty years, and a considerable amount o f coin was issued during that period. The device o f a pine tree upon one side o f the shilling has given to the entire series the gen eral designation o f “ the pine tree coinage.” In the year 1662, silver and copper coin were also issued by the colony o f Maryland, and those constituted the sole issues o f silver coin previous to the separation o f the colonies from the parent country. Copper coin was, however, issued by other colonies. Half-pennies were in 1694 struck for the Carolinas ; twopenny pieces and pennies in 1723; another emission o f pennies in 1723 was made ; and during the year 1773, half-pennies were coined for the State o f Virginia. Before the permanent establishment o f the national Mint, and after the Revolution, there were, moreover, various species o f silver and copper coin issued both by States and individuals. W ith the increase o f trade throughout the colonial establishments, however, foreign coin, both gold and silver, were introduced, and constituted a part o f the circulating m e dium. Those were principally composed o f guineas, joes, half-joes, doubloons, and pis toles in gold ; and dollars, with their various parts, pistareens, with their parts, British shil lings and sixpences, in silver. After the Revolution, French crowns were extensively cir culated throughout the country; but the coin most generally known was the Spanish American dollar, which, about that period, became so abundant that it was adopted as the standard o f our own money. The pound o f the colonies was, moreover, adopted at the same standard as the British pound, but it w?as soon depreciated in consequence o f ex cessive issues. On the occurrence o f peace, measures were adopted for the purpose o f establishing a system o f national coinage. The financier o f the confederation, Robert Morris, was di rected by Congress to communicate to that body his views regarding the general subject o f coins and currency, and early in 1782 his report upon the subject was presented. Du ring the year 1784, Mr. Jefferson also made a report upon the same topic; and on a basis at that time proposed and ultimately adopted, it was concluded to issue four coins o f the following denominations:— 1. A golden piece o f the value o f ten dollars. 2. A dollar in silver. I Journal o f Banking , Currency, and Finance. 20 1 3. A tenth o f a dollar in silver. 4. A hundredth o f a dollar in copper. The policy which was thus pursued respecting the general subject o f coinage had been exercised under the confederation; but, in 1787, the Constitution o f the United States prohibited those local issues, and vested the exclusive right o f coinage in the national gov ernment. In accordance with this policy, a code o f laws for the establishment and regu lation o f the Mint was enacted on the 2d o f April, 1792, and under that system the coin age was executed for a period o f forty-two years, with some unimportant modifications. The several denominations o f those coins comprised gold eagles o f the value o f ten dol lars, gold half and quarter eagles o f the same relative value, silver dollars valued at one hundred cents, half dollars, quarter dollars, dimes, and half dimes o f the same relative value, and copper cents and half cents. In consequence, however, o f certain circum stances hearing upon their intrinsic value, modifications have, from time to time, been made in the standards o f the usual coins by act o f Congress, as they seem to have been required. T he present organization o f the Mint o f the United States is o f great interest. Prior to the year 1835, there existed but one institution, the parent Mint, which commenced operations in 1793, and is established in the city o f Philadelphia. It occupies a spacious and elegant edifice o f white marble fronting upon Chesnut-street, and provided with all the delicate machinery and other appliances required'for assaying, melting, refining, and the proper coinage o f the precious metals. During that year three branches o f the pa rent Mint were created by act o f Congress. T w o o f these were located in the centre o f the gold mining region, the one in the town o f Charlotte, North Carolina, and the other in Dahlonega, within the State o f Georgia, both being exclusively confined to the coinage o f gold. The other was established in New Orleans for the coinage o f gold and silver. During the year 1838 those branches went into operation, their coinage being uniform with that o f the parent Mint, and is tested at this institution. Each o f the branches is under the management o f superintendents, whose official duties pass under the general supervision o f the parent establishment in Philadelphia. W e subjoin a corrected state ment o f the amount o f coinage at the Mint o f the United States, in the several denomi nations o f coin, from the commencement o f its operations until the 31st of December, 1847, inclusive :*— AMOUNT OF COINAGE AT THE MINT OF THE UNITED STATES, IN THE SEVERAL DENOMINATIONS OF COIN, FROM THE COMMENCEMENT OF ITS OPERATIONS UNTIL DECEMBER 31, 1847, INCLUSIVE. GOLD COINAGE. Years. 1793 ...... 1794 ...... ... i 1795 ...... ... $ 1796 ...... 1797................ 1798................ 1799................ 1800................ 1801................ 1809................ 1803................ 1804................ 1805................ Eagles. Pieces. 2,795 8,323 7,974 29,254 8,979 9,795 H alf eagles. Pieces. Quarter eagles. Pieces. 8,707 6,196 3,609 24,867 7,451 11,622 26,006 53,176 33,506 30,475 33,183 Total gold coinage. Number. Value. Pieces. D o lls. Cts. 11,502 963 859 614 480 2,612 423 3,327 1,781 14,093 12,791 33,455 25,414 37,587 55,260 70,878 42,908 43,597 34,964 71,485 00 102,727 103,422 205,610 213,285 317,760 422,570 423,310 258,377 258,642 170,367 50 50 00 00 00 00 00 50 50 50 * For this corrected table we are indebted to the politeness o f R. M. P a t t e r s o n , Esq., the son o f the able and efficient Director o f the Institution, and to the Manual o f Coinage, issued by the Assayers o f the Mint o f the United States. 202 Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance, AMOUNT OF COINAGE AT THE MINT OF THE UNITED STATES----CONTINUED. GOLD COINAGE—CONTINUED. Years. Eagles. Pieces. 180G................ 1807................ 1808................ 1809................ 1810................ 1811................ 1812................ 1813................ 1814................ 1815................ Quarter eagles. Pieces. H alf eagles. Pieces. ....... 100,287 ....... ....... 58,087 95,428 ....... 635 Total gold coinage. Number. Value. D olls. Cts. Pieces. 1,616 6,812 2,710 65,709 90,905 58,288 33,875 100,287 99,581 58,087 95,428 15,454 635 324,505 437,495 284,665 169,375 501,435 497,905 290,435 477,140 77,270 3,175 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ...... 2,823 100,546 6,784 91,051 21,598 29,814 48,588 51,723 263,806 41,089 17,796 14,485 19,940 33,494 18,829 27,713 38,029 60,845 130,891 145,114 161,887 197,790 849,539 502,939 1,101,133 252,201 340,818 183,412 203,579 78,964 111,908 787,213 353,515 534,303 437,635 1,811,859 242,940 00 258,615 00 1,319,030'00 189,325 00 88,980 00 72,425 00 93,200 00 156,385 00 92,245 00 131,565 00 140,145 00 295,717 50 643,105 00 714,270 00 798,435 00 978,550 00 3,954,270 00 2,186,175 00 4,135,700 00 1,148,305 00 1,622,515 00 1,040,747 50 1,207,437 50 710,475 00 960,017 50 4,062,010 00 1,782,420 00 2,574,652 50 2,234,655 00 13,296,080 00 1,247,626 9,811,732 52,741,350 00 1816 .. 1818.................... 1819.................... 1820.................... 1821.................... 1822.................... 1823.................... 1824.................... 1825.................... 1826.................... 1827.................... 1 8 2 8 .,................ 1829.................... 1830.................... 1831.................... 1832.................... 1833 ................... 1834.................... 1835.................... 1836.................... 1837.................... 1838.................... 1839.................... 1840.................... 1841.................... 1842.................... 1843.................... 1844.................... 1845.................... 1846.................... 1847.................... 28,248 47,338 63,131 75,462 Total......... 48,588 51,723 263,806 34,641 17,796 14,485 17,340 29,060 18,069 24,913 28,029 57,442 126,251 140,594 157,487 193,630 732,169 371,534 553,147 207,121 286,588 118,143 137,382 15,883 27,578 611,205 340,370 417,099 395,942 919,781 7,203,755 # 6,448 2,600 4,434 760 2,800 3,403 4,540 4,520 4,400 4,160 117,370 131,402 547,986 45,080 47,030 27,021 18,859 AMOUNT OF COINAGE AT THE MINT OF THE UNITED STATES— CONTINUED. Years. Dollars. H alf dollars. Pieces. Pieces. 1793 ........................ 1794 \........................ 204,791 323,144 1795 ........................ 1796 ............. 72.920 3,918 1797............ 7,776 1798............ 327,536 1799............ 423,515 1800............ 220,920 54,454 30.2S9 1801............ 1802............ 29,890 41,650 1803........... 66,064 31,715 1804........... . 19,570 156,519 S .... SILVER COINAGE. Quartej; dollars. Dimes. Pieces. Pieces. 5,894 252 .... .... 6,738 H alf dimes. Pieces. 22.135 25,261 27,550 10,230 44,527 21,760 34,640 10,975 33,040 8,265 24.000 33.910 13,010 37,850 Total silver coinage. Number. Value. Pieces. D o lls. Cts. 614,351 370,683 80 115,097 77,816 355 086 423,515 266,680 153,293 95,525 168,669 191,092 79,077 12.591 330,291 423,515 224.296 74,750 58.343 87,118 100,340 50 45 00 00 00 00 00 00 50 I Journal o f Banking , Currency , and Finance . 20 3 AMOUNT OF COINAGE AT THE MINT OF THE UNITED STATES— CONTINUED. 8ILVER COINAGE— CONTINUED. Quarter Years. Dollars. Pieces. 1805........... 1806........... 1807............ 1808 .......... 1809............ 1810........... 1811............ 1812........... 1813............ 1814............. 1815............. 1816............. 1817........... 1818............. 1819............. 1820............ 1821............. 1822............. 1823............. 1824............ 1825............. H alf dollars. Pieces• 211,722 839,576 1,051,576 dollars. Pieces. 121,394 206,124 220,643 Total silver coinage. Dimes. Pieces. 120,780 H alf dimes Pieces. 15,600 165,000 1,405,810 1,276,276 ' 1,203,644 44,710 6,355 65,180 1,039,075 421,500 / 1827............. 1828............. 1829............. 1830............. 1831............. 1832............. 1833............. 1834............. 1835............. 1836............. 1837............. 18:38............. 1839............. 1840............. 1841............. 1842............. 1843............. 1844............. 1845............. 1846............. 1847............. ..... 1,000 300 61,005 173.000 184,618 165,100 20,000 24,500 110,600 140,750 T o t a l... . 2,320,390 Number. Pieces. 469,817 1,045,700 1,437,219 1,368,600 1,450,520 1,282.631 1,268,824 1,628,059 1,241,903 1,460,575 169,232 ‘ 67J53 47,150 20^003 1,960,322 2,208 000 751,122 1,305,797 1,559,573 1,694.200 361,174 144,000 127,444 216,851 64,080 17,800 2,943,166 168,000 510,000 3.621,166 5,493,400 3,075,200 3,712,156 4,764,800 5,873,660 4,797,000 5,206,000 6,412,004 5,352.006 6,546.200 3,629,820 3,546,000 3,334.561 1,435,008 310,000 2,012,764 3,844 000 1,766,000 589,000 2,210,000 1,156,000 4,000 102,000 398,000 320.000 156.000 286,000 1,952,000 472,000 252,400 832,000 491,146 188,127 120,000 88,000 645,600 421.200 922.000 510,000 734,000 1,215,000 125,000 770,000 510.000 771,350 522,500 485,000 635,000 1,410,000 1,190,000 1,042.000 1.992,500 1,053,115 1,358,580 1,622,500 1,887,500 1,370,000 72,500 1,755,000 31,300 245,000 1,230,000 1,240,000 1,242.700 965,000 1,370.000 1,480.000 2,760,000 1,900.000 2,276,000 2,255,000 1,069,150 1,344,085 1,150.000 815,000 1,165,(H)0 430,000 1,504,000 27,000 1,274,000 6,712,400 3,302.200 5,712,156 6,514.800 8,285,710 6,604,500 7,217,000 8,813,004 11,474.006 10,109,200 7,200,220 8,625,500 5,948,272 4,386,805 3,375.500 4,987,882 7,189,700 2,709,700 4.854,500 2,888,900 3,549,750 10,644,102 24,250,095 25,822,478 171,138,391 108,101,326 2,321,496 2,352,000 1,821,153 2,709,160 1,723,653 2,152,000 942,587 1,186,512 100,000 440,000 Value. D olls. Cts. 149.388 50 471,319 00 597.448 75 684,300 00 707.376 00 638,773 50 608,340 00 814,029 50 620,951 50 561,687 50 17,308 00 28^575 75 607,783 50 1,070 454 50 1,140.000 00 5(11,080 70 825,762 45 805,806 50 895.550 00 1 752,477 00 1,564,583 00 2 002 090 00 2'809.200 00 1,575,600 00 1,994,578 00 2,495,400 00 3,175,600 00 2,579,000 00 2,759,000 00 3,415,002 00 3,443,003 00 3.606,100 00 2,096,010 00 2,293,000 00 1,949,136 00 1,028,603 00 .577.750 00 1,442.500 00 2,443,750 00 1,037,050 00 803,200 00 1,347.580 00 990,450 00 62,748,211 90 AMOUNT OF COINAGE AT THE UNITED STATES MINT— CONTINUED. Total copper coinage. Number. Value. Pieces. D olls. Cts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,090,180 1,004,558 979,700 916,752 3,033,705 1,362,837 3,449,466 2,569,353 1,812,180 1,755,580 704,000 1,203,221 1,509,000 1,377,439 .................... 281,165 1812 1,075,500 10,755 00 1813 418,000 4,180 00 1814 357,830 3,578 30 10,324 40 1815 ............................................... 9,510 34 1816 2,820,982 28,209 82 9,797 00 1817 3,948,400 39,484 00 9,106 68 1818 3,167,000 31,670 00 29,279 40 1819 2,671,000 26,710 00 13,628 37 1820 4,407,550 44,075 50 34,422 83 1821 389,000 3,890 00 25,203 03 1822 2,072,339 20,733 39 12,844 94 1823 ............................................... 13,493 48 1824 1,262,000 12,620 00 5,260 00 1825 1,524,100 14,926 00 9,652 21 1826 1,751,425 16,344 25 13,090 00 1827 2,357,732 23,577 32 8,001 53 1828...... 2,866,624 25,636 24 1,673,800 11829 5,660 00 1,901,500 16,580 00 2,495 95 1830 1,711,500 17,115 09 11,373 00 . . . . 1,208,567 . . ) . } . ) . 1793.. 17 94.. 1795.. 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 Total copper coinage. Number. Value. Pieces. D olls. Cts. Years. . Years. 204 Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance . AMOUNT OF COINAGE AT THE MINT OF THE UNITED STATES----CONTINUED. COPPER COINAGE— CONTINUED. Total copper coinage. Number. Value. 183 1 ... 1 8 3 2 ... 183 3 ... 183 4 ... 1835 .. 1 83 6 ... 1 8 3 7 ... 1838. 1 83 9 ... 184 0 ... Years. Pieces. D olls. Cts. 3 ,361,460 2 ,362,000 33,6 03 60 2 3 ,6 2 0 00 1 fif) 00 1,975,100 4 ,019,400 2,5 0 9,00 0 5,558,300 fi 370 900 19^ 151 39,489 23,1 00 5 5,5 83 fi.3 709 3 1 ,2 8 6 2 4,6 27 3,128,661 2 ,4 6 2,70 0 00 00 00 00 00 61 00 Total copper coinage. Value. Number. D olls. Cts. Pieces. 1841........ 1842........ IR4.3 1,597,367 2 ,383,390 9 498 .3Qn 1844 ....... 1 845........ 1 846........ 1847......... 2 ,397,752 3 ,894,804 4,120,800 6,183,669 Total 118,279,478 15,973 23,833 2 4 283 23377 38,948 41,208 61,836 62 90 20 52 05 00 69 1,145,591 21 AMOUNT OF COINAGE AT THE MINT OF THE UNITED STATES—CONTINUED. TOTAL COINAGE. Years. 1 7 9 3 ... 1 7 9 4 ... [ 1 7 9 5 ... 1 7 9 6 ... 1 7 9 7 ... 179 8 ... 179 9 ... 180 0 ... 180 1 ... 1 8 0 2 ... 1803... 180 4 ... 180 5 ... 1 8 0 6 ... 180 7 ... 1 80 8 ... 180 9 ... 1810 . 1811.. 181 2 ... 1 81 3 ... 1814.. 1815.. 1816.. 1817.. 1818.. 181Q 1820.. 1821 . Number. Value. Pieces. D olls. Cts. 1,834,420 1,219,270 1,095,165 1,368,241 1,365,681 3 ,337,972 1,571,390 3 ,6 1 5,86 9 2 ,7 8 0,83 0 2 ,046,839 2,260,361 1,815,409 2 ,7 3 1,34 5 2,9 3 5,88 8 2,8 6 1,83 4 3 ,056,418 1,649,570 2,7 6 1,64 6 1,755,331 1,833,859 69,867 2,888,135 5,163,967 5 ,537,084 Years. 453,541 80 192,129 125,524 545 ,69 8 645,906 571,335 510 ,95 6 516 ,07 5 370,698 371,827 333,239 801 .08 4 1,044,595 982,055 8 84 ,75 2 1,155,868 1 ,108,740 1,115,219 1,102,271 642,435 20,483 56,785 647,267 1,345,064 40 29 00 68 40 37 83 53 94 48 00 96 00 53 50 95 50 50 80 00 57 50 50 49^ 39^ HO ^ 074 793 1 6,492,509 3,139,249 1,864,786 20 1,018,977 45 Number. Pieces. 1822......... 1 823........ 1 82 4 ........ 1 8 2 5 ........ 1 8 2 6 ........ 1 82 7 ........ 1 8 2 8 ....... 1 829......... 1 830........ 1831........ 1 83 2 ........ 1 833........ 1 83 4 ........ 1835........ 1 8 3 6 ........ 1837........ 1 838........ 1 839........ 1 840........ 1841........ 1 842........ 1843........ 1 844........ 1 84 5 ........ 1 846........ 1 84 7 ........ 3.813,788 2 ,1 6 6,48 5 4,7 8 6,89 4 5,178,760 5,7 7 4,43 4 9 ,097,845 6,196,853 7,674,501 8,357,191 11,792,284 9,128,387 1 0 3 0 7 ,7 9 0 11,637,643 15,996,342 13,719,333 13,010,721 15,336,518 9 ,260,345 7 ,053,084 5,051,831 7,483,180 10,405,233 5,460,967 9,283,607 7,447,335 11,545,273 Total 299,229,601 Value. D oll. Cts. 915,509 967,975 1,859,297 1,735,894 2,110,679 3,0 2 4,34 2 1,741,381 2.3 0 6,87 5 3,1 5 5,62 0 3 .923,473 3 ,401,055 3,7 6 5,71 0 7 ,388,423 5 ,668,667 7 ,764,900 3,2 9 9,89 8 3 ,979,217 3,0 2 1,17 0 2,2 6 0,66 7 1,304,198 2 ,426,351 6 ,530,043 2,8 4 3,44 7 3,4 1 6,80 0 3 ,623,443 1 4,348,366 89 00 00 00 25 32 24 50 00 60 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 11 50 67 50 20 52 54 00 69 116,635,153 11 By an Act of Congress of February, 1793, all foreign gold and silver coins, (except Spanish milled dollars, and parts of dollars,) which were received for moneys due to the United States, were required to be coined anew previous to their circulation; and under this Act the amount received at the Philadelphia Mint, during the year 1847, was $9,829,404. Since all value is regulated by the standard of gold and silver, it may be proper to ex hibit a few general facts respecting their production in different parts of the globe. It ap pears that for three centuries the greater part of the gold and silver which was used by civilized nations was drawn from America— Mexico and Peru yielding, the largest amount of silver, and New Granada, Brazil, and Chili the largest amount of gold. The produc tion of the precious metals in Mexico and South America, during the last thirty years, has decreased, in consequence, probably, of the revolutions which have convulsed those countries; while within that period the amount produced in the United States has been Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance. greatly increased. 205 T he quantity produced in Europe and Asia has been vastly augmented since the commencement o f the present century. T he largest supply o f gold, exceeding in amount that which is furnished from all other parts o f the globe, is obtained from the Russian dominions— the ranges o f the Ural and Altain Mountains containing vast depos itories o f the precious metals. T he total amount o f the production o f gold in America, from its discovery to January, 1846, is estimated at $6,810,290,000. Recent discoveries seem, moreover, to have developed extensive mines in the territory o f California. By the official report o f the Director o f the Mint, it appears that the total amount o f gold from the mines o f the United States, which has been deposited for coinage in this institution, is $12,741,653. W e subjoin the following statement o f the^annual amount o f deposits o f gold at the Mint o f the United States and its branches, from mines in the United States, down to the present period:— STATEMENT OF THE ANNUAL AMOUNTS OF DEPOSITS OF GOLD FOR COINAGE AT THE MINT OF THE UNITED STATES AND ITS BRANCHES, FROM MINES IN THE UNITED STATES. DEPOSITED AT THE UNITED STATES MINT. Years. North Carolina-. Virginia. 1824 1825 1H26 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 South. Carolina. Georgia. Various United States Tennessee. Alabama. sources. Mint. $5,000 17^000 20,000 2 1 ,0 0 0 $2,500 24,000 26,000 34,000 104,000 62,000 60,400 62,000 52,100 55,000 57,600 38,995 25,736 42,163 48,148 40,595 86,783 55,538 67,736 46,000 134,000 204,000 294,000 458,000 475,000 380,000 263,500 148,100 116,900 66,000 53,500 36,804 76,431 61,629 62,873 194,917 365,886 286,105 99,491 $3,500 26,000 22,000 45,000 66,000 38,000 42,400 55,200 29,400 13,000 6,300 5.319 3,440 223 5,099 11,856 5,386 100,641 1,102 $ 212,000 176,000 $ 1,000 140,000 1,000 216,000 7,000 415,000 3,000 319,900 100 201,400 300 83,600 36,000 1,500 20,300 300 91,113 104 139,796 1,212 150,276 56,619 2,788 30,739 2,240 17,325 3,202 13,601 2,642 10,547 2,511 .___ $ 1,000 && non 1 7 ftOO 90 OOO Q1 000 40 000 140^000 466,000 520,000 678,000 868,000 12,000 200 $5 00 4,431 1,863 5,579 3,786 12,298 6,472 7,542 13,717 415 2,377 4,328 2 ,0 2 2 898,000 698,500 467,000 282,000 171,700 138,500 176,766 248,478 273,587 180,728 295,022 489,382 466,069 183,409 $945,294 $3,886,136 $479,866 $2,330,246 $28,899 $45,492 $34,237 $7,750,141 STATEMENT OF THE ANNUAL AMOUNT OF DEPOSITS OF GOLD FOR COINAGE— CONTINUED. Years. DEPOSITED AT THE BRANCH MINTS. Branch mint at Branch mint at Branch mint Charlotte, Dahlonega, at New North Carolina. Georgia. Orleans. 196,381 344,054 $135,700 113,035 121,858 161,974 323,372 570,080 479,794 498,632 455,149 352,366 $700 6,869 3,835 1,818 5,630 22,573 25,036 20,313 21,758 9,256 $263,400 246,740 249,419 293,639 503,510 864,717 672,178 518,945 673,288 705,676 $435,100 385,240 526,185 542,117 777,097 1,045,445 967,200 1,008,337 1,139,357 889,085 $1,662,764 $3,211,960 $116,788 $4,991,512 $12,741,653 $127,000 126,836 124,726 129,847 174,508 272,064 167,348 1838.............. 1839.............. 1840............... 1841.............. 1842.............. 1843............... 1844.............. 1845.............. 1846.............. 1847............... T otal...... . Total at the branch mints. 206 Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance. In concluding this paper upon the coinage o f the United States, we would remark that the law to which we have referred, requiring the recoining o f all money paid here for moneys due to the government, excepting Spanish dollars and their parts, has caused a vast amount o f this species o f coin to be circulated^ It is also, doubtless, the fact, that the coinage from our own mines will in future time be greatly augmented. T he reports from the Mint show that the amount coined during the year 1847 is nearly double that o f any previous year, and that there was a much greater proportion o f gold to silver. The mi ning o f gold in the southern part o f the country, which has been comparatively but re cently commenced, is destined, we doubt not, to be rapidly extended ; and to this may be added the silver from those mines which had recently been discovered upon the shores o f Lake Superior. T he resources o f the country in the precious metals ore doubtless exten sive ; and it is hardly too much to allege that the visions o f the early explorers o f our coasts, who anticipated the product o f mines o f gold and silver as the reward o f their toil, have been already, in some small measure, realized. DEBT AND FINANCES OF INDIANA. T he report o f the Auditor o f Indiana gives the following statistics o f the State debt:— Public debt 1st July, 1847, was.................................................................... Surrendered up to 1st July, 1848, under the act o f January, 1846........ $11,048,000 00 9,158,000 00 Outstanding...,.................................................................................. State’s one-half o f principal o f bonds surrendered................................... State’s one-half o f interest on bonds with 1 per cent o f principal, with one-half o f the coupons added................................................................. $1,890,000 00 4,579,000 00 1,642,617 50 Total o f State’s half up to July 1, 1848....................................... $6,221,617 50 Canal’s one-half o f principal o f bonds...................................................... Canal’s one-half o f interest on bonds surrendered................................... Canal’s one-half o f coupons belonging to bonds...................................... 4,579,000 00 1,351,200 00 9,275 00 Total o f canal’s one-half up to July 1, 1848................................ $5,933,475 00 T he amount o f the several stocks issued under the act for liquidating the public debt up to July 1, 1848, is as follows:— 5 per cent State stock................. ................................................................... 2J “ “ ................................................ ..................................... 5 per cent preferred canal stock.................................................................... 5 “ deferred “ ..................................................................... 2J per cent special preferred canal stock..................................................... 24 “ “ deferred “ ...................................................... Total o f stocks issued to July 1, 1848............................................ $4,579,000 1,642,617 4,079,500 499,500 1,213,625 146,850 00 50 00 00 00 00 $12,161,092 50 O f the foregoing, the State is paying interest only on her 5 per cent State stock, at the rate of 4 per cent. After the year 1853, the rate o f interest on this will be 5 per cent. After 1853, the 2J per cent State stocks will draw interest at that rate. T h e remaining stocks are thrown upon the canal, and their redemption, principal and interest, depends upon the receipts from the canal, in accordance with the provisions o f the act above referred to. The amount o f interest paid on the State debt in 1847 and 1848 was $269,770. The amount o f domestic debt $618,270, o f which only $324,820 is to be met by the State reyenue. The annual revenue of the State, including a portion o f previous arrearage, is $421,748 70, being $50,401 67 more than the year before. The semi-annual interest on the State debt was paid on the 1st o f July last, the deficiency in the treasury having been made up by a loan from the Sinking Fund and the branches o f the State Bank. It is designed to make up any deficiency that may exist in January and July o f next year in the same way. According to the estimate o f the Auditor, after making all the ordinary expenditures Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance. 20 7 during the current fiscal year, and after redeeming the estimated amount o f $ 100,000 of Treasury Notes, principal and interest, there will be left applicable to the payment o f the interest on the public debt $206,000, from which deduct the loan for the interest o f July, 1848, $40,000, also the probable sum needed to pay the interest and exchanges for Janu ary, 1849, $95,000, and the same amount for July, 1849, $95,000, equal to $230,000. This would leave a deficit next July o f only $24,000. This small balance, it is safe to presume, would be overcome by the increased receipts into the treasury by the 1st January following. But as the revenue is actually payable until the latter part o f the winter, it is calculated that such would be the result by the 1st o f July, 1850. COINAGE OP THE BRITISH MINT, In the Merchants’ Magazine, Vol. X IX ., p. 565, we published a paragraph touching the coinage o f the British mint in 1847, derived from W ilm er and Smith’s Liverpool Tim es, but purporting to be “ according to a Parliamentary return.” It struck us at the time that the statement was erroneous,* and we therefore gladly avail ourselves o f the “ Com panion to the British Almanac fo r 1849” — authority that can be relied upon for a com plete statement o f the value arising from coinage in Great Britain during the eleven years, from 1837 to 1847, inclusive. T he statements, in the paragraph referred to, regarding silver are equally exaggerated, as will be seen by the following table, derived from the British Alm anac:— STATEMENT OF THE VALDE ARISINO FROM THE COINAGE DURING THE ELEVEN YEARS FROM 1837 TO 1847. TOTAL WEIGHT COINED IN EACH YEAR. Gold. Silver. Copper. L bs. Lbs. Tons. Ciots. Years. 22 7 32 14 33 127,919 141,420 76,275 90,842 92,775 110,400 23,0 64 60,960 120,980 65,580 2 9,1 44 58,440 83,720 189,900 196,260 196,560 38,100 36 31 29 40 Total...... 746,452 1,062,708 Tons........ 373 1 83 7 ................. 1 83 8 .................. 1 83 9 ...... 1 84 0 ..... 1 8 4 1 .................. 1 84 2 .................. 1 84 3 .................. 1 8 4 4 .................. 1 84 5 .................. 1 84 6 .................. 1 84 7 .................. 26,8 18 61,110 10,793 8 ,1 0 0 4 31 * 15 00 00 00 00 TOTAL VALUE COINED IN EACH YEAR. Gold. Silver. Copper. 17 00 00 00 3 7 8 ,47 2 5,977,015 6,607,850 3,563,949 4,2 4 4,50 6 4 ,334,697 5,158,440 £ 7 6 ,1 1 1 101,168 399,235 216 ,41 4 96,175 204,732 2 7 6 ,27 6 626.670 647,658 559,548 125,730 £ 5 ,0 9 6 1,568 7,168 3 ,136 7,392 1,792 15,344 8,207 6,944 6,496 4 ,9 6 0 322 2 2 9,886,457 2 ,4 4 0,61 4 43,743 3 22 2 8 00 6 8 10 £ 1 ,2 5 3 ,0 7 1 2 ,8 5 5,36 4 504,303 Total value. SILVER FROM THE C0NGESBERG SILVER AIINES, IN NORWAY. From the Swedish official paper o f the 27th o f October, 1848, we learn that, on the 14th o f September, the workmen employed in the king’s mine, which is one o f the Congesberg silver mines, in Norway, found a lump o f pure native silver, weighing 208 pounds; and that, on the 6 th October, another lump o f native silver, equally pure in qu ality o f no less weight than 436 pounds, was dug out o f the same mine. It is a fact worthy o f being recorded, that about twenty years ago this mine was offered for sale in London for the sum o f £ 10,000 ; but the capitalists o f that day had not sufficient confidence in the treas ures it was represented to possess, to give this comparatively small price. Subsequently, the Norwegian government were strongly urged by the scientific o f that country to work the mine at the expense and for the benefit o f the state. T he operations were commen ced and prosecuted with vigor, and for a considerable number of years this mine has an nually yielded to the government o f Norway a much larger revenue than the price which could not previously be obtained in England for the mine itself * In the Manual issued by Eckfeldt & Dubois, o f the United States Mint, in 1842, it is shown that the entire coinage o f Great Britain for 25 years preceding 1841 was but £59,000,000, and that the greatest amount o f gold ever coined in one year was £9,000,000. I Journal o f Banicing, Currency , and Finance . 208 CONDITION OF THE STATE BANK OF INDIANA. W e give below an official, summary statement o f the resources and liabilities o f the State Bank o f Indiana on the 18th o f November, 1848:— RESOURCES. 1846. 1848. Notes discounted....................................... Bills o f exchange...................................... Suspended debt.......................................... Banking houses, real estate................. ... United States and Indiana bonds........... Treasury notes, State o f Indiana........... Funds in N ew Y ork, Philadelphia, &c. Due from other banks than eastern....... Remittances and other resources........... Branch balances........................................ Gold and silver.......................................... Notes o f other banks............................... Total...... ....................................... $1,647,622 1,791,321 412,601 382,076 71,000 271,105 394,024 229,039 231,156 148,162 1,273,895 147,451 59 88 91 71 00 00 72 54 03 39 54 00 $6,997,937 31 $1,659,358 1,359,385 577,667 349,787 36,000 419,310 370,383 432,731 113,577 63,534 1,003,647 119,976 40 17 46 74 00 00 87 54 99 19 40 30 $6,510,289 76 LIABILITIES. Capital stock o f State o f Indiana................................ “ individuals........................................... Surplus fund to cover losses.......................................... Profit and loss.................................................................. Suspended interest, & c .................................................. Dividend undrawn.......................................................... Due to banks................................................................... Branch balances............................................................. Due sinking fund and canal trustees........................... Due school fund for tax.................................................. Due depositors.................................................................. Notes in circulation........................................................ Less notes on hand........................................................ T otal.................................................................... $982,404 1,100,506 527,799 105.690 19,763 21,581 . 82,292 71,417 80,265 1,380 452,624 3,708,031 155,821 27 32 32 76 98 85 96 20 69 23 73 00 00 $6,997,937 31 $935,854 1,147,970 413,563 29,954 27 47.886 73,309 89,535 2,861 409,989 3,336,503 42 12 36 80 13 00 10 33 91 $6,510,289 76 J ames M. R a y , Cashier. S tate B ank of I ndiana , Indianapolis, Dec. 2, 1848. MASSACHUSETTS SAVINGS BANKS. There are in Massachusetts forty-one institutions for savings. The returns o f these in stitutions are made up to the 30th o f September, 1848, and showr the following aggregates : Number o f depositors.......................................................................................... 69,894 Amount o f deposits............................................................................................... $11,970,447 64 Public funds........................................................................................................... 1,372,622 89 Loans on public funds.......................................................................................... 25,600 00 Bank stock.............................................................................................................. 2,025,721 91 Loans on bank stock............................................................................................ 173,740 00 91,862 44 Deposits in banks bearing interest...... .............................................................. Railroad stock.................................................................. 89,527 99 Loans on railroad stock....................................................................................... 309,925 00 Invested in real estate.......................................................................................... 92,935 10 Loans in mortgage o f real estate...................................................................... 4,171,483 67 “ to county or tow n..................................................................................... 1,424,086 56 “ on personal security................................................................................. 2,410,171 68 Cash on hand................................... 152,964 41 Rate and amount o f ordinary dividend for last year.................................... 461,774 88 Average annual per cent o f dividendfor last 5 years..................................... 5 66 Annual expenses o f the institutions................................................................. 36,404 96 Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance. co n d itio n o f t h e 209 Ba l t im o r e b a n k s . CONDENSED VIEW OF THE CONDITION OF THE BANKS OF THE CITY OF BALTIMORE ON THE FIRST OF JANUARY,1849. Capital. D ollars. Inv’ t in stocks. D ollars. Merchants’ . . 1,500,000 154,983 93 Baltimore... . 1, 200,000 22,126 00 Union......... 916,350 19,258 00 Far. & Plant. 600,625 Mechanics’.. 590,844 6,501 53 Com. & Far. 512.560 58,231 67 Far. & Mer.. 393.560 133,150 10 Chesapeake. 340,577 122,654 41 M arine......... 310,000 73,138 80 Western...... 308,280 Franklin...... 301,850 17,183 50 T o ta l... Jan. 1,1848. “ 4, 1847. “ 5, 1846. 6,974,646 6,971,852 6,969,329 6,971,681 607,227 521,116 647,200 856,697 Discounts. D ollars. 1,898,245 1,534,759 1,223,131 1,028,596 1,011,146 857,210 445,447 463,617 434,689 595,868 304,203 69 95 42 80 61 61 13 80 53 35 32 Specie. D ollars. 272,267 237,246 136,893 238,992 142,295 227,710 77,700 90,454 73,512 262,331 22,507 49 00 00 79 70 28 44 04 29 62 46 Circulation. Dollars. 162,225 186,526 147,539 383,357 189,753 162,371 121,582 89,867 104,681 255,489 48,778 94 9,797,417 21 1.781,911 11 1,852,168 00 10,690,903 001,834,167 00 2,104,712 00 10,082,225 00 1,814,308 00 1,986,248 00 10,143,299 00 1,861,500 00 2,159,140 Deposits. Dollars. 339,164 358,232 306,907 264,889 428,764 351,778 117,911 261,639 177,268 166,824 54,516 28 85 54 24 59 78 37 17 39 42 18 2,827,896 81 3,123,859 00 3,231,999 00 3,113,750 00 ASSAY OF CALIFORNIA GOLD AT THE BRANCH MINT, NEW ORLEANS. W e published, in the January number o f the Merchants' M agazine, an official letter from R. M. P a t t e r s o n , Director o f the United States Mint in Philadelphia, to R o b e r t J. W a l k e r , the Secretary o f the Treasury, giving an account o f the result o f an assay o f the first deposit o f gold from California. W e also published, in the same number, an as say made by Professor E ben eze r N. H osford , o f Harvard University, of a small quantity o f California gold, from Feather River. It will be seen, by the following extract of a let ter from W il l ia m P. H o r t , Esq., dated Mint o f the United States, New Orleans, Decem ber 22d, 1848, that that gentleman, an official o f the New Orleans Branch Mint, has made an assay o f six ounces o f the California gold, which resulted as follows:— On the 25th November I assayed about six ounces o f the said gold, deposited in the form o f dust, by T. A . Minard, and when melted and assayed, the total proved to be 895Our standard is 900 thousandths, 21.600 carats, $ 1 8 60. Theirs, 895 “ 21.480 “ 18 50. T he loss in melting 92 oz. 37 dwt., was 1 oz. 63 dwt., or 2 61 per cent. I know no reason why this result should be considered extraordinary. On the 28th November I as sayed Alabama gold dust o f the fineness o f 946 thousandths. On the 10th o f the same month I assayed another specimen o f 923 thousandths. In short, the title o f the gold dust from that State, when well washed and unmixed, always exceeds 900 thousandths— our standard; it falls below only when the gold is alloyed with the quicksilver employed as a fluex to separate it from the ore. The California lot o f gold was in the form o f flat spangles; there was an alloy o f 105 parts, o f which 85 thousandths were estimated to be silver, and 20 thousandths mercury. This mnst have been a natural and not an artificial combination. Respectfully, W m. P. H o r t , Assayer. HOURS OF PROTEST. In the case o f King vs. Holmes & Son, lately tried in the Circuit Court at Cincinnati, it was ruled that a broker had a right to protest a draft at three o’clock on the last day o f grace, although the usage o f brokers in the city was to keep their offices open until five o’clock, P. M. T o this charge the plaintiff excepted, and will take the case to the Su preme Court. On this decision the New Orleans Commercial Bulletin remarks:— “ Where a draft or note is held by a bank, the rule and custom is not to prolest it until after bank hours; but we think there is no doubt, that a private holder o f a bill or note can demand payment at any time during business hours o f the day it matures, and to protest it forth with if such payment is not made.” V O L . X X .-----N O . I I . 14 Commercial Statistics, 21 0 COM M ERCIA L STATISTICS. THE LUMBER TRADE OF BANGOR, MAINE. T o F reeman H unt, E sq ., Editor o f the Merchants’ M agazine, etc. D ear S i r :— Annexed, I forward you a statement o f the quantity o f lumber surveyed at Bangor for the season o f 1848, which will, I hope, be acceptable to you and the read ers o f your valuable journal. Yours, truly, S amuel H a r r is . B angor , M e., December 22, 1848. LUMBER SURVEYED AT BANGOR, ME., DURING THE YEAR 1848. Boards, Dims, Plank, Joist, &c. Surveyors. Ranging: Timber. Ton Timber. Tons. 40ths. D. Kimball.................................................. J, Allen........................................................ J. L incoln.................................................... M. Fisher..................................................... N Pierce..................................................... J. C. Y o u n g ................................................ G. Hammatt................................................ M. W ebster................................... ............. J. Short...................................- ............... . J. Norris....................................................... A . Pratt........................................................ T. Y o u n g ................ J. Oakes.................. A . Smith................................................ . A . Y ou n g .................................................... H. Fisher.................................... W . T . Pearson.......................................... H. A tkins................................................... J. Webster................................................... S. Emery....................................... E. H. Burr................................................... M . T . Burbank........................................... Z. Rogers.................................. ........... : . . . B. Goodwin.................... J. McFaden................................................. N. B. W iggin .............................................. P. Haines..................................................... L. B. R icker................................................ M. R o w e ..................................................... T . F. Row e................... J. Chamberlain............... G. W . Pierce................................................ 8,790,059 10,906,358 6,176,450 7,479,796 7,053,774 11,597,674 10,786,387 11,106,504 5,491,659 12,060,882 8,985,370 12,186,524 4,571,176 7,710,140 10,223,360 5,259,986 10,862,401 3,048,948 7,886,932 6,890,074 2,607,358 2,777,461 3,274,729 3,784,206 382,602 9,161,633 6,304,322 6,311,777 1,228,845 790,029 3,115,303 4,119,780 T otal................................................ 212,932,499 .............. .......... . .............. ............ 1,304 15 112,184 201 12 984 440 27 9,422 ......................................... 68 10 101 26 13 ............ .............. ............ .............. ............ .............. ............ .............. ............ 78 16 29,345 .............. ... ..... .............. 78 16 5,521 12 04 7,485 .............. ............ .............. ......... .............. ............ .............. ............ .............. ............ .............. ............ .............. ............ .............. ............ ......... ............ 781 05 16,095 .............. ............ .............. ............ .............. ....... . ........... . ............ .............. .......... 2,990 38 181,137 SHIP-BUILDING IN PORTLAND. The number o f vessels o f each class built in the Portland (Maine) district during the last four years, has been— Ships.......... Barks......... Brigs............ Schooners... 1845. 1846. 2 14 14 11 3 22 12 11 1847. n 18 8 12 184 8. 8 16 13 7 1845. Sloops.......... Steamboats.. Total...... 1846. l _ _ 41 49 1847. 1848 l i _ _ 50 45 O f the 12,252 tons built in 1848, all but about 2,000 are owned in that district. Commercial Statistics. 21 1 TRADE AND C0M3IERCE OF BALTIMORE IN 1848. In reference to the external character which the city and port o f Baltimore have as sumed during the year 1848, its buildings and commercial marine are favorable, as the editor o f Lyford’s “ Commercial Journal ” infers, from the fact that 1,920 buildings wefe erected, o f which 1,635 were o f brick and within the limits o f direct taxation. This has been a greater increase than for any other previous year. T o her commercial marine have been added 69 vessels, not numerically so large as in other years, but the amount o f tonnage exceeded any previous year from the more largfe vessels that were built. The following shows the result:— AMERICAN VESSELS ARRIVED. Swedish W est Indies............... Danish W est Indies................ Holland..................................... Hanse T ow n s.......................... England............................... . Ireland....................................... British Guiana....... .................. British West Indies................. British North American cols.. France........................ .............. French W est Indies................ Hayti........................................ . Cuba......................................... . Other Spanish W est Indies... Porto R ico................................. Venezuelian ports.................... Brazilian ports.......................... Monte Video..........................-. Chilian ports............................. Peruvian ports......................... A frica........................................ Honduras................................. N ew Grenada........- ................ Sicily.......................................... Madeiras................................ .. Portugal.................................... Spain............................ - .......... Gibraltar.................................... M exico....................................... T otal................................. AMERICAN VESSELS CLEARED. Ships. Barks. Brigs. Sch’nrs. Ships. . ... 6 i 4 12 8 i 3 ... 2 7 ... 30 21 . ... 3 1 1 ... i 3 2 1 28 ... 22 1 4 3 1 4 1 .... 1 1 ... 26 ... 2 31 . ... 23 4 39 6 11 ... 1 2 1 2 27 32 4 3 ... i ... 1 ... 1 2 i 2d 1 5 ... ... 4 4 ... ... ... 1 ... 1 Barks. Brigs. Sch’n _ ... i 3 5 * * 2 ... i 14 8 5 8 2 4 3 55 55 2 8 9 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 5 5 3 20 14 3 20 14 1 7 6 27 39 15 7 1 1 3 1 ... 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 ... 2 ... 3 i ... ... 36 69 139 115 2 l 53 80 168 137 FOREIGN VESSELS ARRIVED AND CLEARED AT BALTIMORE. VESSELS ARRIVED. Brigs. Sch’ nrs British. Ships. Barks. 3 1 17 Hanoverian......... . Dutch........................ French........... ........... New Granadian....... 1 ... 1 40 31 5 4 1 a.* . 1 ... • 2 . i VESSELS CLEARED. Ships. Barks. Brigs. Sch’ n » . 4 21 1 • 41 6 1 i i 2 34 i "s■ i Venezuelian............. Swedish.................... 2 8 i i i i i i Total................. A dd American......... “ coastwise.......... 7 69 50 32 30 36 139 115 53 12 80 51 168 36 137 42 166 233 974 T otal................. 101 242 422 1 ,1 2 1 83 92 219 173 23 \ Commercial Statistics. 21 2 EXPORTS OF DOMESTIC PRODUCE FROM THE FORT OF BALTIMORE TO EACH FOREIGN PORT IN 1848 The following table, prepared expressly for the “ Commercial Journal and L yford’s T rice C u r r e n t comprises the names o f all the foreign ports to which all the principal ar ticles o f domestic produce were exported from the port o f Baltimore during the year 1848: TO SWEDISH WEST INDIES. Beef......... P ork........ Lard........ 2,650 Indian meal.bbls. 1,234 Biscuit.... 282 15 Butter. 88 Flour.. 3,682 Indian corn..bush. 448 20 DANISH WEST INDIES. Beef.......... P ork......... Bacon...... Lard......... 504 311 22,664 68,004 B acon...... 8,750 116,953 Butter. Cheese Flour.. Indian corn..bush. 22,827 Indian meal.bbls. 19,333 Biscuit.... 44 23,353 2,294 Rice........ 3,594 475 329 149 246 Cotton.... .......lbs. 12,071 20,800 HOLLAND. Flour.. BELGIUM. 131 T obacco... HANSE TOWNS. B eef........ Pork......... Bacon...... 440 1,436 31,340 Lard... Flour.. 159,617 Rice......... 96 Tobacco.. ...hhds. 30 13,918 Indian meal.bbls. T obacco. . .hhds. Cotton.... 3,012 260 53,053 11,813 Indian corn..bush. “ meal. bbls. 33.778 5,383 Biscuit.... 304,730 3,723 714 40 Rice........ 20 Cotton.... ....... lbs. 10 88,313 ENGLAND. 14,001 Cheese Beef.......... 27,353 Wheat. Pork......... B acon...... ......lbs. 8,250,688 Flour.. 2,255,949 Indian corn..bush. L ard ......... 136,610 139,275 70,701 376,393 IRELAND. B eef.......... P ork........ Bacon...... Lard......... 205 2,188 278,194 239,569 Cheese Wheat Flour.. 1,197 6,505 Biscuit GIBRALTAR. Flour........ ...bbls. Indian corn..bush. 44 BRITISH GUIANA. B e e f......... Pork......... Bacon...... Lard......... 295 1,072 3,769 17,814 Butter. Cheese Flour.. Indian com...bush. 10,597 8,888 10,665 2,982 Indian meal.bbls. Biscuit.... R ice....... Tobacco.. 2,650 1,619 55 11 88,357 Biscuit.... 44 988 81,865 Rice......... 60,685 Tobacco.. . .hhds. 24,446 6,654 1,020 674 90 BRITISH WEST INDIES. Beef.......... Pork......... Bacon....... Lard......... Butter...... 1,173 Cheese .......... lbs. 5,446 106,834 Flour.. 184,294 Indian corn..bush. (4 meal. bbls. 211,792 RRITISH NORTH AMERICAN COLONIES. Beef........ Pork........ B acon.... Butter.... 228 1,909 20,469 43,963 Cheese Wheat Flour.. .........bbls. Indian corn..bush. 2,134 Indian meal..bbls. 11,548 Biscuit.................. 30,366 Rice............... trcs. 9,974 8,898 2,891 10 5,661 | Cotton....................................... lbs. 64,197 FRANCE. T obacco..................................hhds. l / Commercial Statistics. 213 FRENCH WEST INDIES. Beef,...... Lard....... Butter__ 341 Cheese... 4,386 Flour.... 1,499 Beef....... Pork...... B acon ... Lard....... 25 Butter.... 1,636 Cheese... 546 Indian com..bush. 3,032 Rice......... 450 89 HAYTI. 11,573 Flour......... 1,903 Rice.......... 4,355 Tobacco... 8 1,193 3 8 CUBA. Pork......... Bacon....... Lard......... 41 92 Cheese. 15,455 Flour... 24,667 6,194 2,848 Biscuit...... 963 Rice.......... PORTO RICO. 23 Cheese. 39,750 1,225 Flour... 6,980 42,936 Indian corn...bush. 139 207,054 “ meal. bbls. 2,972 45,187 VENEZUELIAN PORTS. Beef........ 9,413 77 Cheese. 10.442 50 Flour.. Pork......... Bacon....... 10,154 Indian corn.bush. 1,608 Lard........ 77,685 “ meal...bbls. 1,574 16,494 Butter....... BRAZILIAN PORTS. 5,930 Beef......... 265 Butter. 142 Cheese. 4,252 Pork......... 131,442 Bacon...... __ lbs. 104,665 Flour... 400 Lard........ ..........1 191,794 Indian corn.bush. MONTE VIDEO. 20 Butter. Beef........ 12,658 20 Cheese. 608 Pork........ 47,301 Flour.. 19,094 Bacon...... 47,529 Lard......... PERUVIAN PORTS. 40 Lard.. 3,432 Beef....... . .bbls. 50 Flour.. 200 Pork......... 6,264 Bacon...... CHILIAN PORTS. 30,102 128 Lard .. Beef........ 480 Butter.. 4,538 Pork........ 41,587 Cheese 668 Bacon...... Beef........ Pork......... Bacon....... Lard......... Butter....... Beef........ Pork........ Bacon...... Biscuit...... u Rice........ Tobacco... 25 146 157 819 1,476 418 12 Biscuit...... « Rice......... Tobacco.. . .hhds. 76 50 171 40 Indian meaL.bbls. Biscuit.... ...kegs Tobacco. . . .hhds. 200 84 279 62 Biscuit.... « Tobacco.. .hhds. 100 230 35 Biscuit...... Tobacco. ..hhds. 115 18 Flour....... ...bbls. Biscuit.... u 356 61 325 4,740 Biscuit.... 434 Tobacco. ..hhds. 16 60 132 748 Flour....... 1,400 Rice......... 1,017 Tobacco. ..hhds. 105 15 Biscuit... 10 Tobacco. . .hhds. 50 4 532 | Indian corn........................... bush. 12,711 AFRICA. 343 Butter. 163 Flour.. 45,027 Indian meal........ HONDURAS. Beef........ Pork....... Bacon.... 15 Butter. 10 Cheese 360 Wheat Pork....... Bacon..... Lard....... 8 202 10 10 NEW GRANADA. Flour. Biscuit 183 MADEIRA. Flour. ,bbls. Commercial Statistics. 31 4 TRADE AND COMMERCE OF BOSTON FOR 1848: COMPARED WITH PREVIOUS YEARS. T he arrivals o f shipping from foreign ports at the port o f Boston for the last nine years have been as follows:— ARRIVALS AND CLEARANCES AT BOSTON FROM 1840 TO 1848. /------------------ARRIVALS.-------------------v ,---------------- CLEARANCES.------------------v Ships. Barks. Brigs. Sch’ nrs. Total. Ships. Barks. Brigs. Sch’nrs. Total. Years. 1848........................... 1847........................... J846........................... 1845........................... 1844........................... 1843........................... 1842........................... 1841........................... 1840.................... 243 182 146 159 154 127 172 194 162 310 262 213 215 217 153 170 150 117 902 698 531 559 609 524 498 584 598 1,646 1,613 1,172 1,406 1,221 946 910 735 771 3,101 2,755 2,052 2,330 2,199 1,750 1,750 1,743 1,648 159 315 887 116 228 626 95 192 480 102 207 514 92 203 520 78 149 477 93 142 440 104 124 502 80 87 476 1,449 1,556 1,214 1,344 1,166 883 907 839 694 2,810 2,526 1,981 2,167 1,981 1,587 1,582 1,569 1,337 COASTWISE ARRIVALS AND CLEARANCES OF BOSTON. ARRIVALS. 1848. 1847. 1846. 1845. 1844. 184 8. 1841. 1841. 1840. 6,118 7,125 6,775 5,631 5,372 4,944 4,024 4,574 4,336 3,187 3,198 2,672 3,054 2,497 2,298 2,841 2,815 CLEARANCES. 2,830 DOMESTIC EXPORTS OF BOSTON IN 1848. There has been a good demand for export during the year, owing to the low range o f prices which have prevailed, and the operations o f the trade have also been to a fair ex tent. By the following statement, derived from the Boston Shipping L ist, it will be ob served that a large portion o f the exports have been to the East Indies and Valparaiso, and the total exports show a considerable increase over previous years:— Bales and cases. Bales and cases. Value. East Indies................. 10,449 $>484,250 26 Fayal.................... Calcutta...................... 4,109 197,946 26 Truxillo................ Canton......................... 9,207 413.249 83 Cape Haytien...... H ong Kong................ 943 58,710 06 Gonaives............... Batavia........................ 34,407 33 Jacmel.................. S05 100 5,562 575,186 30,925 34,500 15,350 6,666 41,036 67,516 11,356 5,579 43,651 419 19,706 52,426 1,102 42 1,648 513 7 18,002 352 2,400 50 1,469 91,827 242 12,000 Valparaiso................... 15,456 Zanzibar...................... 750 W . C. Cen. America. 1,151 River la Plata............. 368 Monte Video............... 150 Buenos Ayres............. 1,033 R io Janeiro................. 1,346 Africa........................... 231 125 Hobart T o w n ............. 470 Sandwich Islands....... Gibraltar...................... Constantinople........... Cape de Verd Islands. Vera Cruz................... Sisal............................. 13 32 27 00 31 93 56 65 77 39 95 20 90 12 67 46 00 83 94 Aux Cayes.......... St. Thomas.......... St. Peters............. Bahamas............... Nassau................. Surinam.............. Belize................... Turks Island...... Mansanilla.......... Bermuda............... 47 48 19 11 38 76 7 3 70 5 4 1 6 42 Miramachi........... Yarmouth............ Cumberland......... 2 2 5 Value. $2,279 10,452 3,518 4,153 1,172 1,150 3,164 218 4,490 1,584 385 256 3,888 540 232 50 409 2,700 42 42 239 42 77 43 56 15 00 08 03 87 61 99 94 00 90 00 82 OO 00 00 00 13 Total............... In 1847, exports in bales, etc., amounted to 35,010 ; in 1846, to 28,484; and in 1845, to 32,205. Commercial Statistics. 215 BALES OF COTTON IMPORTED INTO BOSTON. 1848....... 1847....... 184G....... 1845........ 1844........ 239,958 198,932 193,549 187,619 175,529 151 090 119 670 131 860 138 709 94 ,361 1843....... 1842........ 1841....... 1840...... . 1839........ 1838.... .. 1837.... .. 1 8 3 6 ... .. 1835.... 1834.... .. 96,636 82,684 82,885 80,709 60,312 1833....... 1832....... 1831....... 1830....... 54,139 60,011 53,810 46,203 The exports from this port to foreign ports for three years past have been as follows:— 1848, 7,766 bales; 1847, 6,477 bales; 1846 7,187 bales. RECEIPTS OF BREADSTUFFS, ETC. AT BOSTON. Years. 1848........... 1847........... 1846........... 1845........... 1844.......... 1843........... 1842.......... 1841.......... 1840.......... 1839........... 1838.......... Flour. Corn. Oats. Rye. B b ls . B u sh . B u sh . B u sh . 3 ,338,293 2 ,584,528 2 ,374,484 2 ,371,406 ] ,960,663 ; ,540,306 i ,835,163 2 ,044,129 : ,868,431 ! ,607,492 ] ,574,038 1,027,719 609,460 451,667 384,368 521,738 414,417 548,583 508,282 468,032 393,474 356,502 437,948 439.141 443,657 65,189 50,256 17,160 24,184 30,352 25,953 39,122 34,128 48,026 48,624 102,473 Shorts. Bush. 48,988 83,626 96,711 65,530 105,025 40,750 91,723 43,047 57,037 52,755 49,082 FLOUR RECEIVED AT BOSTON FROM THE WESTERN RAILROAD. January.... February... March....... A pril.......... M a y ........... June........... July........... August....... September. October...... November.. December.. T o ta l... Years. 1844. 1846. 322J 2,5511 1,1361 2,162 19,835 15,129 10,7101 15,257 12,141 22,8891 40,325 11,8371 2,624 3,877 2,933 5,726 18,622 7,898 6,6731 11,046 19,001 28,960 57,623 18,0611 154,297 1846. 1847. 11,252 4,639 3,695 3,5574 29,282 27,120 26,112 17,624 16,996 22,556 44,420 • 25,098 183,045 232,9511 5,423 6,947 38,8464 38,838 39,023 25,386 35,275 61,1724 71,3324 18,0904 514,6761 364,3724 RECEIPTS OF TAR, TURPENTINE, OIL, AND MOLASSES, AT BOSTON. Tar. Turpentine. Sperm. Whale. B b ls . 1848...... 1847...... 1846...... 1845...... 1844...... 1843...... 1842...... 1841...... 1840...... 1839..... 1838...... 16,228 ....... ....... 16,597 14,410 ......... ......... ......... 12,197 21,214 14,107 B b ls . B b ls . 23,006 56,729 34,728 40,177 41,579 38,042 19,610 28,078 26,740 25,396 16,362 107,986 121,410 95,217 157.917 139,594 166,985 165,637 159,304 157,791 142,336 132,356 1848. 21,906 20,908 14,228 11,7484 66,469 72,0984 60,629 36,803 47,527 72,904 62,574 26,7014 15,027 9,0114 Molasses. B b ls . H h d s. 280,656 320,645 207,493 272,730 262,047 206,727 161,041 207,348 207,908 229,783 226,552 77,675 81,232 71,595 64,631 77,426 57,660 63,675 73,992 78,062 79,545 72.267 INSPECTIONS OF POT ANE PEARL ASHES FROM 1845 TO 1848. 184 8. Casks. Lbs. 1,407 597,711 1847. Casks. Lbs. 1846. Casks. Lbs. 1843. Casks. Lbs. 1,225 544,631 1,783 801,094 1,818 793,719 IMPORTS OF COFFEE INTO BOSTON FROM 1843 TO 1848. 1848. 1847. 16,752,353 27,532,522 1846 29,036 337 1846. 1844. 1848. 17,298,700 26,259,989 16,071,665 Commercial Statistics. 216 VALUE OF IMPORTS, AND DUTIES PAID AT PHILADELPHIA. The following statement, showing the value o f the imports into the port of Philadel phia, and the duties accruing thereon to the United States, as prepared from official re cords, is derived from the Philadelphia Commercial L i s t :— Years. Value o f imports. Duties. Years. Duties. Value o f imports. $9,525,893 $1,517,206 70 $3,537,516 10 1840.... $8,624,484 11,673,755 1,983,681 64 4,372,525 98 1841.... 9,948,598 1,812,842 82 10,648,195 3,500,292 50 1842.... 6,201,177 11,153,757 2,985,095 50 1843.... 1.437,837 84 4,916,535 10,686,078 2,981,573 15 2,110,477 32 1844.... 8,410,864 11,868,529 2,370,515 71 2,501,621 43 1845.... 7,491,497 16 16,116,625 2,608,063 3,146,458 43 1846.... 8,308,615 2,904,748 97 10,130,838 1.820,993 21 1847.... 12,145,937 10,417,815 2,109,955 30 1848.... .. unknown. 2,762,093 11 14,753,589 2,884,984 16 Comparative monthly statement o f the cash duties received at this port during the past th ree years — 1830....... 1831....... 1832....... 18 33...... 1834....... 1835....... 1836....... 1837........ 1838....... 1839....... 1846. 1847. 1848. January.... February... March....... April......... M ay.......... June.......... July............ August...... September. October.... November. December.. 573 98 ....... ....... ........ 247,991 249,778 179,909 111, .17 98 48 79 88 ........ ........ ........ ........ ........ 371,920 222,061 139, 174 111,669 151, 196 75 15 12 41 58 Total.......................... $218,829 210,410 237,457 275,196 242,273 161,364 389,315 466,635 260,999 141,590 124,398 176,286 $223,161 241,794 207,890 312,593 49 10 81 73 61 > 77 ^ 85 14 41 50 25 51 $2,904,748 17 61 17 13 18 xlRl QRO 00 184,353 250,660 176,605 111,894 57,462 172,166 75 89 62 22 05 14 $2,420,661 78 RECEIPTS OF COTTON AT PHILADELPHIA. The following is a statement o f the amount o f cotton received at the port o f Philadel phia during the last four years:— 1845. New Orleans........................ Mobile.................................. Savannah............................. Charleston............................ Apalachicola....................... ............ Other places........................ 2,741 Total................................ 1846. 1847. 184 8, 12.932 2,807 5,804 9,557 941 5,404 13,582 3,205 2,575 17,377 864 2,824 17,552 1,199 6,882 16,752 654 2,140 37,637 40,427 45,149 PHILADELPHIA EXPORTS OF FLOUR, MEAL, AND GRAIN. W e have compiled from the Philadelphia Commercial L ist the following table o f the exports o f wheat and rye flour, corn meal, wheat, and corn from the port o f Philadelphia, annually, for the last eight years:— W heat flour. Years. Rye flour. Corn meal. W heat. Corn. Bbls. 1841..................... 1842..................... 1843..................... 1844..................... 1845..................... 1846..................... 1847..................... 1848..................... ............... .............. .............. 195,555 161,866 128,617 .............. 201,956 'Bbls. Bbls. 26,886 22,530 22,303 21,904 17,098 19,730 20,407 15,537 108,822 97.884 106,484 101,356 115,101 144,857 300,531 140,014 Bushels. 56,571 87,953 32,235 23,375 86,098 245,136 523,538 207,092 Bushels. 80,266 83,772 74,613 110,068 129,256 279,820 1 ,1 0 2 ,2 1 0 817,051 217 Commercial Statistics. INSPECTION OF TOBACCO AT PHILADELPHIA. T he following statement o f the Annual Inspection o f Tobacco at the port o f Philadel phia from 1832 to 1848, excepting in 1837 and 1838, during part o f which time there was but little tobacco received, and o f which no account was kept, is derived from the “ P hiladelphia Commercial L ist Nears. — Kentucky. 1833.................. 1834.................... 1835.................... 1836................... 1839................ 1840................ 1841.................. 1842.................. 1843................ 1844................ 1845.................. 1846................. 1847................ 1848................. 1,386 3,075 6,299 Ohio. Virginia. Maryland 1 16 96 157 592 30 437 82 Kinds unknown. 233 17 83 478 901 138 264 67 236 198 41 125 31 29 206 470 300 50 10 8 65 i Total. Stocks. 1,700 2,021 3,597 2,960 2,552 5,298 6,210 3,540 6,733 4,418 4,182 2,527 5,934 3,218 1,178 1,168 3,260 2,511 2,511 2.674 3,090 1,355 The stock o f tobacco in warehouse on the 1st o f January, 1849, was 1,355 hogsheads; namely, 1,134 hhds. Kentucky, 50 hhds. Ohio, and 171 hhds. Virginia. INSPECTIONS OF QUERCITRON BARK AT PHILADELPHIA. John W . Ryan, Esq., o f Philadelphia, furnishes the following statement o f the amount o f Quercitron Bark inspected at that port during the year 1848, to which C. G. Childs, Esq., o f the Commercial L ist, adds the amount inspected annually since 1832:— Years. Hhds. Tcs. Bbls. Years. Hhds. Tcs. 1832............ 1833............ 1834............ 1835............ 1836............ 1837............ 1838............ 1839............ 1840............ 2,233 3,414 3,230 3,689 3,648 4,109 5,724 8,636 7,118 3 1 45 126 8 10 60 572 213 159 169 414 127 128 7 45 124 12 1841............ 1842............ 1843............ 1844............ 1845............ 1846............ 1847............ 1848............ 5,437 3,852 2,173 2,872 2,889 2,826 4,161 3,241 84 5 25 27 5 26 4 54 331 11 1 1 . . 33 8 Bbls. PHILADELPHIA GRAIN MEASUREMENTS. The following table, showing the quantity o f grain, including wheat, rye, com , barley and oats, seeds, beans, coal and salt, annually, for the last eleven years, is derived from the statements o f the Public Measurers in Philadelphia:— Years. W heat. Bush. 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 Corn. Bush. Rye. Bush. Barley. Bush. Oats. Bush. Seeds. Bush. Beans. Coal, Bit. Bush. Bush. Salt. Bush. 319,513 593,296 163,085 48,162} 272,104} 22,944} 1,401} 138,712 356,407| 449,9804 455,370} 115,933J48,152} 302,274} 11,5934327-}86,452 291,568 770,205 602,8584 133,891} 36,5424298,4734 18,24846984165,740257,143 467,243} 781,278} 51,371} 44,336 167,508419,704} 3,040} 118,108326,132 462,770 492,951 36,334 35,9784194,908 25,198} 1,61649,068151,250 484,384} 518,671} 68,013} 20,012 372,713} 27,773} 1,580} 131,909 174,134} 526,6671 640,459 95,2274 58,600 375,578} 42,358 1,402} 97,000 217,815} 792,502} 768,486} 85,357} 46,630} 357,677} 31,434 3,930f 261,838 146,451 983,923 665,178 30,829 40,339 350,942 15,864 3,895 348,261 237,463 947,598 1,093,264 78,972 38,210 369,171 7,528 676 268,760 246,438 723,6944 1,302,318} 46,900} 62,554} 327,733} 9,770f 459 357,827 200,474 218 Commercial Statistics. VESSELS A M PASSENGERS ARRIVING AT NEW YORK IN 1848, According to a statement made by Mr. Thom e, the boarding officer attached to the United States Revenue Department, it appears the number o f vessels and passengers ar riving at the port o f New Y ork from foreign countries during the year were as follows:— Countries. American...................... British.......................... French.......................... Brem en........................ Swedish..................... Norwegian.................... Hamburgh..................... Danish....................... Dutch......................... Belgian......................... Portuguese................ Prussian................ Spanish..................... Austrian....................... Hanover...................... Sicilian......................... Russian......................... Olden burgh.................. Neapolitan................... Genoese....................... Brazilian.................... Oriental....................... Venezuelian................ Sardinian.......... ........ Knyphausen................ Lubec............... Granadian.................. Ships. Barks. 552 138 14 17 2 1 422 160 15 45 15 7 15 9 5 5 14 6 7 2 9 1 6 3 2 1 2 1 3 11 2 2 10 1 1 1 2 Brigs. Galliots. Sch’ ners. St. Ships. 670 260 16 31 23 16 2 3 1 1 3 1 3 274 164 2 3 4 3 17 36 1 Total. 1,935 754 42 98 44 30 31 25 13 14 12 11 i 1 2 6 1 2 2 6 3 2 3 6 1 4 5 4 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 4 8 3,060 Total.............. The annexed schedule shows the number o f vessels and passengers arrived at the port o f New York in each year since 1834:— Years. 1835...................... 1836...................... 1837...................... 1838...................... 1839...................... 1840...................... 1841...................... No. o f arrivals. No. o f passengers. 2,094 2,291 2,071 1,790 2,159 1,953 2,118 35,303 60,541 57,975 25,581 48,152 62,797 57,337 Years. 1842.............. 1843.............. 1844.............. 1845.............. 1846.............. 1847.............. 1848.............. No. o f arrivals. No. o f passengers 1,960 1,832 74,949 46,302 61,002 82,960 115,230 166,110 191,909 2,044 2,293 3,147 3,060 From this it appears that the number o f arrivals during the last year is 87 less than in 1847, but 767 greater than in any previous year. The tonnage is probably greater than in 1847. T he proportion o f American to foreign vessels arrived is greater than in 1847 — the American being only 11 less than in that year, and the foreign 76 less. The num ber o f British vessels is 18 more than in 1847 ; French 15 less, Swedish 18 less, Bremen 6 more, Dutch 29 less, Belgian 8 less, Spanish 10 less, & c. The number o f passengers arrived during the past year, chiefly immigrants, 25,799 more than in 1847, and more than double that o f any previous year. The number o f passen gers arrived in the country at large during the year 1847 was about 250,000. During the past year (1848) it was nearly 300,000. ID” For a tabular statement o f the value o f the imports o f specie, free and dutiable merchandise, and o f the exports o f specie, and foreign and domestic merchandise from the port o f New York for each month o f the years 1847 and 1848, see “ Commercial Chronicle and Review,” p. 195, o f the present number o f the Merchants’ Magazine. 219 Commercial Statistics. IMPORT OF VIRGINIA TOBACCO INTO THE PORT OF NEW YORK. W e are indebted to C h a r l e s M. C o n n a l l y , Esq., o f the Virginia Tobacco Agency in N ew York, for the following statement o f manufactured tobacco imported into the port o f New York from the 1st o f January to the 31st o f December, 1848:— IMPORTS AND STOCKS ON HAND IN 1848. Number o f packages. Same time last year. Probable stock now on hand. From Richmond.................... Petersburgh.................. Norfolk.......................... Other places................. 62,476 46,796 495 3,669 75,817 53,586 730 7,918 ............ ............ ............ ............ ......... ......... Total.................. 113,336 30,000 36,000 138,051 Same time last year. ......... RECEIPTS IN FORMER YEARS FROM 1ST JANUARY TO 3 1 s T DECEMBER IN EACH YEAR. Years. Packages. 1839 ......... 1840 ......... 841.................... Years. Packages. 51,579 1842............. 63,805 1843............. 84,779 1844............. 97,536 Years. 1845.............. .... 1846.............. . ... 1847.............. . ... Packages. 105,689 112,118 138,051 IMPORTS OF COAL INTO THE UNITED STATES: UNDER THE TARIFFS OF 1842 AND 1846. The following is a statement exhibiting the quantity and value of coal imported under the tariffs o f 1842 and 1846, together with the amount o f duty which accrued on the same, prepared in obedience to a resolution o f the House o f Representatives o f the 14th De cember, 1848:— Tons. From October 1, 1842, to June 30 ,1843... Year ending June 30, 1844.......................... “ “ 1845.......................... “ “ 1846........................ From July 1 to November 30, 1846........... December 1, 1846, to June 30, 1847 July 1, 1847, to June 30, 1848.......... 41,163 87,073 85,776 156,853 66,272 82,749 196,251 Value. $116,312 2.36,963 223,919 378,597 157,636 213,349 461,140 per ton. $ 1 75 1 75 1 75 1 75 1 75 30 p. c. «* Duties. $72,035 152,377 150,108 274,492 114,226 64,004 138,342 25 75 00 75 00 70 00 Note.— The tariff o f 1842 commenced operating August 30, 1842: and the tariff o f 1846, December 1, 1846. SHIP-BUILDING IN NEW YORK. The following table shows the amount o f tonnage launched and remaining on the stocks for the year ending January 1st, 1849:— Tonnage launched. W . H. W ebb’s yard............................. W . H. Brown’s...................................... Westervelt and M cK ay’s.................... Perrine, Paterson and Stack’s............ Jacob Bell’s ........................................... Dunham and Dimon’s.......................... Bishop and Simonson’s........................ Jabez Williams’ .................................... Lawrence and Sneeden’s .................... Barclay and Townsend’s...................... W . H. Collyer’s..................................... Total, 1849......................... Total, 1848...................... crease ................ Tonnage on stocks. 6,770 4,800 4,590 4,189 460 3,900 4,000 1,350 3,800 1,240 1,450 1,850 4,800 2,900 1,850 3,000 36,649 39,718 15,710 29,870 3,609 14,160 400 580 330 22 0 Railroad, Canal, and Steamboat Statistics. RAILROAD, CANAL, AND STEAMBOAT STATISTICS. TRADE AND COMMERCE OF TIIE NEW YORK CANALS. W e give below, in advance o f the publication o f the usual annual report of the Canal Commissioners, a summary statement o f the quantities and estimated value o f each arti cle which came to the Hudson River, on all the canals o f the State o f N ew York during the years 1847 and 1848:— STATEMENT SHOWING THE TOTAL QUANTITY AND THE ESTIMATED VALUE OF EACH ARTICLE WHICH CAME TO THE HUDSON RIVER, ON ALL THE CANALS DURING THE YEARS 1847 AND 1848. QUANTITIES. THE FOREST. 1847. 1848. Far and peltry.......... 556.000 557,271 Product o f Wood. Boards and scantlino-__ 299,078,633 262,279,116 Shingles................. 104,270 101,527 T imber.............................cubic feet 1,613,943 2,098,777 Staves........ 95,104,000 113,656,951 W o o d ............. 13,331 13,861 .cords A s h e s ................. 37,538 38,229 AGRICULTURE. Product o f Animals. Pork................. 76,179 87,830 Beef................... 71,266 60,570 Bacon..................... 4,902,000 48,183,285 Cheese..................... 40,844,000 23,298,526 Butter.......... 22,724,000 3,729,997 Lard................ 4.348,000 9,925,663 W o o l..................... 12,044,000 8,529,331 Hides........................ 172,000 174,925 Vegetable Food. rlo u r.................... 3,952,972 3,131,095 W heat....................... 4,243,832 3,116,134 •bush. R ye........................ 295,119 286,919 Corn......................... 6,053,845 2,953,963 Barley..................................... 1,523,020 1,548,197 Other grain............................ 2,040,052 2,077,724 Ship stuffs............................. 1,437,287 2,093,681 Peas and beans.................... 75,808 106,088 Potatoes........................... 108,369 115,629 Dried fruits................................bbls. 1,828,145 3,558,000 A ll other Agricultural Products. Cotton................ 174,700 474,000 T obacco............... 350,935 1,228,000 Grass seed............................ 1,667,030 3,308,000 Flax seed........................ 1,763,393 4.128.000 Hops.............. 1.948.000 1,597,342 ESTIMATED VALUE. 4847. $690,150 1848. $695,838 5,078,564 405,548 169,160 1,239,677 79,986 1,135,288 3,931,277 338,861 300,798 511,463 69,462 1,146,870 1,104,673 718,344 ' 416,738 2,860,354 3,408,751 434,780 3,599,963 21,611 967,230 605,700 490,997 3,029,169 3,359,391 761,767 2,304,046 17.494 27,057,037 5,833,901 259,950 5,170,970 1,279,337 977,967 293,117 106,088 51,755 320,364 17,471,401 3,677,020 200,310 1,834,388 1,037,293 747,930 172,578 75,801 58,109 164,633 35,498 150,735 231,518 103,219 188,179 11,356 43,127 116,693 35,268 159,695 473,651 965,204 197,251 19,288 660,896 340,496 123,808 2,369,187 740,901 133,836 385,471 608,842 153,536 3,875 744,687 172,981 80,993 882,851 632,652 106,522 MANUFACTURES. Domestic spirits.................... •galls. Leather................................... Furniture................. Bar and Pig lead.................. Bloom and bar iron............... Pig iron................................. Iron ware............................... Domestic woollens................ “ cottons................. Salt......................................... 1,693,076 5,168,000 1,972,000 482,005 26,348,000 21,608,000 3,014,000 1,756,000 2,396,090 382,390 1,606,131 4,538,951 1,545,365 86,100 29,787,506 11,528,683 2,314,064 1,103,563 2,493,561 343,618 Railroad, Canal, and Steamboat Statistics. 221 OTHER ARTICLES. Stone, lime, & c .........................lbs. Gypsum........................................... Mineral coal................................... Sundries........................................... 59,094,000 8,518,000 32,580,000 147,988,000 65,246,669 3,715,980 48,291,417 97,796,493 63,129 17,584 81,453 2,944,914 92,379 8,336 108,356 2,001,252 STATEMENT SHOWING THE AGGREGATES IN TONS, AND THE ESTIMATED VALUE, UNDER THE DI VISIONS SPECIFIED IN THE ABOVE TABLE. 184 7. T he forest................................. tons Agriculture....................................... Manufactures................................... Merchandise.................................... Other articles................................... Total.............................. . 1 84 8. 1 84 7. 1848. 666,113 897,717 51,532 4,831 124,090 615,325 $8,798,373 $6,994,469 685,996 54,624,849 37.336,390 37,330 6,024,518 3,834,360 6,343 517,594 593,619 107,527 3,127,080 2,210,623 1,744,283 1,452,521 $73,092,414 $50,969,461 STATEMENT OF THE TONNAGE AND VALUE OF ALL THE PROPERTY WHICH WENT FROM THE HUD SON RIVER ON ALE THE CANALS IN 1847 AND 1848. 1847. Tonnage........................... ............................................................ Value............................................................................................. 288,267 $74,352,812 1848. 333,985 $76,760,766 AGGREGATE MOVEMENT FROM AND TO THE HUDSON RIVER DURING THE YEARS 1847 AND 1848, AND THE AGGREGATE VALUE OF THE PROPERTY TRANSPORTED. 1847. Tonnage............................................................................... Value.................................................................................... 184 8. 2,032,550 $147,445,226 1,814,014 $127,983,961 VOYAGES OF THE BRITISH MAIL STEAMERS. STATEMENT OF THE VOYAGES MADE BY THE BRITISH ROYAL MAIL STEAMERS DURING THE YEAR 1848, SHOWING THE DATE OF THE ARRIVAL, LENGTH OF PASSAGE, PASSENGERS BROUGHT, ETC. Names. Caledonia... Acadia........ Britannia.... Caledonia... Acadia......... Britannia.... Caledonia... Niagara...... Am erica__ Cambria...... Niagara...... Europa......... A cad ia....... Britannia.... Hibernia.... Acadia......... Cambria.... Niagara...... Hibernia.... A cadia........ Britannia.... Niagara....... Passage. Passengers from Left at Day of arrival. Days. Liv’ poc>1. Halifax. Haliiax. 27 8 January 4 17 i February 38 6 5 1 I 64 2 0 4 36 13 4 2 March if 15 26 7 27 14 23 15 40 14 April 11 16 5 May 7 14$ 8 U 14| 42 21 7 7 2 124 48 10 10 June tf 71 3 13 184 6 a 30 124 60 7 36 15 27 July 12 104 (i 114 60 20 27 43 12 August 14 15 it 36 21 26 14 4 56 24 September 8 1 24 3 ft 24 144 68 21 3 6 124 66 21 October ti 86 17 ii 19 12 51 5 7 November 3 124 tt 23 5 2 19 14 16 9 1 December 6 17$ ti 55 7 4 16 1 34 ■■ ■ T o ta l.... - 1,000 ■ 257 - Day Passengers to o f departure. Liv’ pool. Halifax. January 15 22 8 February 12 20 5 March 11 19 2 April 5 34 4 May 3 60 6 tt 17 35 8 tt 31 35 5 June 14 54 16 Cl 28 90 14 July 12 41 5 tt 26 35 7 August 9 33 19 ft 23 8 11 September 6 23 6 ft 20 24 14 October 4 22 10 if 18 61 17 November 1 49 6 « tt 15 December 18 ii 27 - , 126 7 9 12 10 29 10 2 31 2 ■_ 738 - 183 Average passages from Liverpool, 14 days 1 hour. The America made the shortest passage during the year, and the Britannia the longest. Railroad, Canal, and Steamboat Statistics. 22 2 SCHUYLKILL NAVIGATION COMPANY'S RATES OF TOLL ON COAL. The following are the rates o f toll charged on coal transported on the Canal and W orks o f the Schuylkill Navigation Company for the year 1849:— To Orwigsburgh . p. ton Hamburgh.............. Mohrsville.............. Alhouses’ ................ Reading................... Unionville............... Laurel Hill.............. Pottstown Landing. Rogers’ Ford......... /------------- From--------------\ Mount Schuylkill Port Carbon. Haven. Clinton. Cents. Cents. Cents. 15 25 35 40 45 55 55 55 55 12 22 32 37 42 52 52 52 52 i3 23 28 33 43 43 43 43 To Phcenixville...p. ton Lumberville......... Paulding’s Dam. Valley Forge.... Port Kennedy.... Norristown.......... Conshohocken... Spring Mill........ Manayunk.......... ,--------------From---------- —% Mount Schuylkill Port Carbon. Haven. Clinton. Cents. Cents. Cents. 48 48 48 48 53 53 58 58 63 57 57 57 57 62 62 67 67 72 60 60 50 60 65 65 70 70 75 The toll to Philadelphia will be as follow s :— March, April, and M ay.... . June, July, and August...... September, October, Novem., and Decern. Mount Carbon. Sch. Haven. Port Clinton. 65 cents. 75 “ 85 “ 62 cents. 72 <( 82 (( 53 cents. 63 ti 73 f t The coal shipped from Port Carbon to the above points will be charged one and a half cent per ton more-than the said rates. The charge will be made per ton of 2,240 lbs., and an allowance o f five per cent will be made on the weight shipped to cover wastage. AUBURN AND ROCHESTER RAILROAD RECEIPTS, The earnings o f the Auburn and Rochester Railroad, during 1848 to December, show a large increase over the previous year, when the gross receipts were $395,767, and the nett receipts $241,153, or 12 per cent on the cost o f the road. T he comparative receipts o f 1847 and 1848 have been as annexed:— AUBURN AND ROCHESTER RAILROAD RECEIPTS. 1847. $17,770 16,995 17,601 34,285 39,637 36,832 42,538 January.. February. March ... April...... M a y ....... June....... July......... 1847. 184 8. 67 $24,105 01 August................... $48,392 89 21,678 91 September............. 48,084 87 23,266 15 October.................. 37,246 80 45,835 07 November.............. 25,111 16 53,137 60 38 39,262 28 Total............. 364,506 16 39,670 41 1848. 74 $51,612 42 51,085 47 39,529 03 31,389 46 71 89 07 59 420,732 62 Excess in eleven months o f 1848, $56,226 03— equal to 15J per cent. T he nett eamings this year promise to be about $300,000— equal to 15 per cent on the cost o f the road. PROGRESS OF RAILROADS IN MASSACHUSETTS IN 1849. The following railroads and sections o f railroads leading towards Boston, or connect ing with Boston lines, will have been opened during the year ending January 31, 1849:— Cape Cod Railroad...................... miles South Shore Railroad.......................... Norfolk County Railroad...................... Milford Branch Railroad...................... Vermont and Massachusetts Railroad Connecticut River Railroad.......... . Cheshire Railroad.................................. Sullivan Railroad................................... Vermont Central Railroad................... Bristol Railroad............................. Northern Railroad................................ 27J llj 26 12 35 11 37 28 65 12 4 Boston, Concord, and Montreal Roil’d Passumpsic Railroad............................. Worcester and Nashua Railroad........ Portland to Lewiston............................ N ew York and New Haven Railroad to Harlem Railroad........................... Section o f Ogdensburgh Railroad. . . Stony Branch Railroad......................... Lowell and Lawrence Railroad......... 36 40 45 27 60 12 14 12 Total miles...................................... 515 Commercial Regulations. COMMERCIAL 22 3 REGULATIONS. APPRAISAL OF MERCHANDISE. T he Secretary o f the Treasury has issued the following circular, touching the Appraisal o f Merchandise, under date o f the Treasury Department, December 26th, 1848:— Differences o f practice existing in the several ports relative to the appraisement of mer chandise, the following additional instructions are issued for the government o f collectors, appraisers, and other officers o f the customs, under the 25th section, A ct 30th of August, 1841, which is in these words:— “ That it shall be the duty o f all collectors and other offi ce rs o f the customs, to execute and carry into effect all instructions o f the Secretary o f the Treasury, relative to the execution o f the revenue la w s; and in case any difficulty shall arise as to the true construction or meaning o f any part o f such revenue laws, the decision o f the Secretary o f the Treasury shall be conclusive and binding upon all such collectors and other officers o f the customs.” The interests o f the country and o f fair and honorable merchants, require that this De partment should, by every means in its power, secure not only the revenue against loss, but should maintain such merchants in their business against sales o f imported articles at diminished rates, arising from fraud or under-valuation. T o appraisers the government looks for correct valuations o f foreign imports. On these officers, more than any other, does the success o f the ad valorem depend. Their respon sibilities are great, and it is expected that their efforts will not be relaxed to check every under-valuation or fraud upon the revenue by whomsoever attempted. In the strict and faithful performance o f their duty, at times necessarily disagreeable, their judgment should have great weight with other officers o f the revenue service, and especially with the col lectors o f ports, who should, in all cases, render them every aid and co-operation in their power. The intent o f the 17th section o f the act o f 30th o f August, 1842, in the appointment o f merchant appraisers, is evidently to give the merchants an opportunity to appeal from one class o f appraisers to another. But it is clear that Congress did not design to relin quish the power in the government to select the merchant appraisers, to whom the case might be referred, nor to give the parties appealing any more voice in the selection o f such appraisers than o f any other government officers. T o consult the parties concerned, or al low them a voice in the selection o f merchant appraisers, would soon result in permitting the importers to control the appraisement o f their own goods, and it is presumed is not permitted at any port. Merchant appraisers should be particularly instructed, that when acting in that capacity, they are to be governed by the same rules and regulations as provided by law for the direc tion o f regular appraisers, and are to act upon the principle that the invoice price, or even the price actually paid for an article o f merchandise, is by no means a true criterion of the fair market value as prescribed by law. Adopt a contrary principle, and one who is so fortunate as to have a quantity o f merchandise given him, would be entitled to receive it free o f duty, or at a nominal duty, if purchased at nominal prices; and different rates would often be assessed by appraisers by articles o f the same value. The fair market value intended by law, is the general or ruling price o f the article “ in the principal mar kets o f the country from which the same shall have been imported.” The Treasury cir cular o f August the 7th, 1848, declares that “ forced sales in foreign markets at reduced prices under extraordinary or peculiar circumstances, cannot be taken as the true market value o f such goods.” T o secure uniformity o f action at the different ports, the merchant appraisers are to be selected, and their appraisements made in the following manner:— W hen the appraisers all concur, they may designate five names, or when such concurrence does not exist, the appraiser making the advance, may designate five names o f impartial merchants, citizens o f the United States, familiar with the value o f merchandise, and of the highest credit for integrity and fair dealing, from whom it is recommended that the collector select two as the merchant appraisers, to act under the law, who shall be duly sworn as provided for in the Treasury Instructions o f July 6th, 1837, omitting in the oath the name o f the im porter. In the notice to be sent to the appraisers selected as provided in the same in structions, the name o f the importer is also to be omitted. The names o f the merchant appraisers selected shall also be withheld from the importers, until such appraisers assem ble for the performance o f their duty, as it is important that no ex parte statements be per- 224 Commercial Regulations. mitted, the sole object being to obtain a fair and disinterested examination and valuation o f the merchandise. When the collector has fixed the time and place for the merchant appraisers to assemble, he will notify the importer o f such time and place, but not the names o f the merchant appraisers. Such importer may be present if he desires, and every proper facility should be given him for a thorough examination and ascertainment of value. T o facilitate collectors in settling their accounts, this re-appraisement should take place immediately, or at all events, not be delayed beyond six days from the time the re-ap praisement is demanded, unless, in the opinion o f the merchant appraisers, there are ex traordinary circumstances requiring an analysis, or proof not to be procured within that period. Should such delay extend beyond ten days, a statement of the case by the col lector must be forwarded to this department for its examination. The collector, in such cases, shall also call on the regular appraisers for a statement, and transmit it to the de partment. In all cases where the merchant appraisers assess a lower value than the reg ular appraisers, the collector will report to the department a full statement of the case, to be recorded here, together with the names o f the merchant appraisers. He will also transmit at the same time to this department for record here, a statement, which he will obtain o f the case, from the regular appraisers. In case the merchant appraisers are at variance with each other in their appraisements, and the collector compelled according to law to decide between them, it is expected that he will, without delay, or within five days from the time the re-appraisement is made, de cide the question o f value ; and if he adopts the lowest appraisement made, he will give the reasons for the same in his statement, to be forwarded to this department for record as directed above. This department earnestly invites the co-operation o f collectors, appraisers, and other officers o f the customs, in enforcing correct valuations, and will also be glad to receive information and assistance from all honorable merchants and citizens who desire to pro tect the revenue, to guard the rights of the honest trader, and to insure the faithful exe. cution o f the laws. The selection o f “ merchant appraisers” should not be confined ex clusively to those connected with foreign imports, but, when the requisite knowledge ex ists, should be extended so as to embrace domestic manufactures, and producers and other citizens acting as merchants, although not dealing in foreign merchandise. In all cases where the advance by the regular appraisers is short o f the penalty, they shall report to this department the names o f the importer, consignee, and consignor, to gether with the invoice value and rate advanced. The law requiring importers to give notice “ forthwith” to the collector o f a demand for re-appraisement, no such re-appraisement shall take place unless notice is given to the collector, in writing, o f such demand within a period not longer than the day succeeding the notice o f such appraisement, which the regular appraisers shall give in all cases as soon as the appraisement is made. In all cases where the goods are advanced by the regular appraisers twenty per cent more than the invoice, and no re-appraisement is called for, the said appraisers, on ascertaining that fdct, shall report to the collector in writing whether the interests o f the government will best be promoted by taking the duty with the penalty, as pre scribed by the law, or by taking the duty in kind, as authorized by the 18th section o f the Act o f 30th August, 1842, as enforced by the circular o f this department o f the 28th o f November, 18 46; and if the appraisers advise the duty to be required in kind, it shall so be taken by the collector. In all such cases also, when the goods are advanced by the regular appraisers twenty per cent above the invoice value, and a re-appraisement is made by the merchant appraisers, the collector shall make a state ment o f the duty thus ascertained and fixed by him, including the penalty, if any, to the regular appraisers, who shall thereupon report in writing to the collector whether it is the interest o f the government to take the duty thus ascertained, or require the duty in kind ; and if the regular appraisers advise the duty to be required in kind, it shall so be taken by the collector. In all cases where the duty is taken in kind, it i9 to be thus assessed under the law according to the several schedules, viz:— I f the duty be 100 per cent, the whole o f the goods shall be taken; i f 40 per cent, two-fifths; if 30 per cent, three-tenths; i f 25 per cent, one-quarter ; if 20 per cent, one-fifth; if 15 per cent, three-twentieths; i f 10 per cent, one-tenth; i f 5 per cent, one-twentieth; and the goods so taken in kind, are to be sold as provided in the Treasury circular of 28th o f November, 1846. These regulations, whilst protecting the revenue against fraud, or under valuations, will insure correct invoices, inducing a compliance, where necessary, with the 8th section o f the A ct o f 30th July, 1846, and guard the interests o f the fair and honorable merchant. Commercial Regulations. 225 Whenever it is found necessary by the regular appraisers or merchant appraisers to guard against fraud or under-valuation, they will carry into effect the following pro visions o f the 2d section o f the A ct o f the 10th August, 1846, declaring that “ in ap praising all goods at any port o f the United States heretofore subjected to specific duties, but upon which ad valorem duties are imposed by the A ct of the 30th July last, entitled ‘ A n A ct reducing the duty on imports and for other purposes,1’ reference shall be had to values and invoices o f similar goods imported during the last fiscal year, under such general and uniform regulations for the prevention o f fraud or under valuation, as shall be prescribed by the Secretary o f the Treasury,” as enforced by the circular instructions o f the 11th o f November, 1846, and 26th o f November, 1846. “ The last fiscal year” designated in this section intended by Congress, was “ the last fiscal year” preceding the enactment o f that law, which was the fiscal year ending the 30th o f June, 1846, to which reference is required by the law to values and invoices o f similar goods, when necessary to prevent fraud or under-valuation. Where goods are advanced in price by appraisement, the estimates o f the per centage advance, to ascertain whether the same are liable to the penalty as provided for in the 8th section o f the A ct o f the 30th o f July, 1846, must be made only on the article so raised in price, and such additional duty and penalty must be so levied and collected. In no case will the advance be estimated on the entire invoice, except where the goods are the same in quality, description, and value, and the same advance of price is made on the whole. R. J. W a l k e r , Secretary o f the Treasury. THE POSTAL TREATY BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES AND GREAT BRITAIN, W e publish below the official notice o f the Postmaster General, to the public, with in structions to Postmasters. It embraces the rates o f postage established on foreign letters by the two governments, and all the regulations necessary for postmasters and the public. NOTICE TO THE PUBLIC, AND INSTRUCTIONS TO POSTMASTERS. I. A Postal Treaty has been entered into between Great Britain and the United States, placing the correspondence between the two countries, the mail packets of each Govern ment, and the postage charges upon an equal and reciprocal footing. II. Letters posted or charged in the United States will be rated at half an ounce to the single letter, over a half and not exceeding an ounce as a double letter, over an ounce and not exceeding an ounce and a half as a treble letter, and so on, each half ounce or fractional excess constituting a rate. In England the half ounce limits the single letter, the full ounce the double letter, but on letters exceeding the ounce and not exceeding two ounces four rates are charged; also, on letters exceeding two ounces and not exceeding three ounces six rates are charged; that is, two rates are imposed for each excess over an ounce. III. The single rate to be charged on each letter posted in the United States addressed to any place in Great Britain or Ireland is 24 cents, the double rate 48 cents, the triple rate 72 cents, and so on according to the United States scale o f progression in weight.__ See No. 2. IV. Like single, double, triple, & c., rates will be collected on each letter according to its weight, which is posted in Great Britain or Ireland without being prepaid, and is re ceived at any office in the United States for delivery. V. Said postage on letters going to any place in Great Britain or Ireland may be pre paid, if the whole amount is tendered at the office in the United States, when mailed, at the option o f the sender. VI. Newspapers may be mailed at any office in the United States to any place in the United Kingdom on the payment o f 2 cents, and may, on receipt from any place in Great Britain or Ireland, be delivered at any office in the United States on payment o f 2 cents. Note.— Each Government is to charge 2 cents on each newspaper. These are to be sent in bands or covers, open at the sides and ends, or to contain no manuscript whatever. V II. On each pamphlet to be sent to any place in the United Kingdom, and on each pamphlet received therefrom, there is to be prepaid in the first place, and charged and collected in the second, one cent for each ounce in weight, or a fractional excess o f an ounce. These are to be sent in bands or covers, open at the ends or sides, so as readily to be examined, and to contain no manuscript whatever. V III. On letters addressed to any place in British North America, not to be conveyed by sea, there shall be charged a postage equal to the United States postage and the Pro vince postage combined; but, as this Department is yet uninformed of the British Province rates, the United States postage to the lines will be charged, and prepayment thereof re* V O L . X X .-----N O . I I . 15 Commercial Regulations. 226 quired, until the details are ascertained and settled, as required by the 21st article o f the Treaty. United States postage on newspapers to Canada and other British Provinces is to be prepaid. IX. On letters to be sent to any foreign country or British possession, and mailed for that purpose to any Post Office in the Island o f Great Britain, there must be prepaid, if sent by a British packet, 5 cents the single rate, and if by an American packet, 21 cents — to be doubled, tripled, & c., according to weight. X. On letters received from foreign countries or English possessions, through the L on don or any other Post Office in Great Britain, to be delivered in the United States, the foreign and British postage is to be prepaid, and what remains to be collected on delivery here in such cases as simply the United States postage— 5 cents, single, if brought by a British packet; 21 cents if brought by an American packet; 40 cents if such letters are delivered at San Francisco, Astoria, or any other place in the territory o f the United States on the Pacific, when brought to an Atlantic port by a British steamship, and 56 cents if brought by an American steamship. XI. On British or foreign letters received in the United States to be forwarded to the W est Indies by American packets, or any place on the Gulf o f Mexico, to Chagres or Panama, in the United States mails, the single postage charged will be (as the British postage and the postage arising in its transit to Great Britain must be prepaid) 12£ cents if to Havana, 20 cents i f to any other place in the W est Indies cron the Gulf of Mexico, or to Chagres; 30 cents if to Panama, with 16 cents added if brought to the United States from Great Britain in an American packet. XII. Care is to be taken to see that all American postage on letters from Havana, from other places in the Gulf o f Mexico, from our Pacific possessions, and from the British North American provinces, is paid in the United States before the same is dispatched by mail to Great Britain. XIII. Newspapers for countries beyond Great Britain may be sent on the prepayment o f two cents each— also pamphlets as stipulated under No. 7— and newspapers and pam phlets received from countries beyond Great Britain are to be delivered on payment o f the two cents for each newspaper, and one cent per ounce in weight o f each pamphlet. XIV. Postmasters are cautioned to write on their post-bills, opposite each entry of a foreign letter, newspaper or pamphlet posted by them respectively, the word u foreign,” the better to enable the Postmasters o f N ew York and Boston, and any others that may be designated, to make a separate quarterly report o f the amount o f foreign postage. XV. The Postmasters o f Boston and New Y ork will be specially instructed as to the closed mails contemplated by the treaty, the mode o f keeping their accounts o f foreign postage, and o f mailing and acknowledging receipt o f foreign matter. C. Johnson, Postmaster General. P ost Office D epartment, January 8,1849. RIO JAJVEIRO REGULATIONS ENFORCED. Rio Janeiro, November 1, 1848. A new inspector has taken charge o f the custom-house, and being determined to carry out all the laws to the strict letter, has given great trouble, annoyance, and detention. Almost every vessel has been fined more or less for errors in their manifests, which are oftentimes very incorrectly made out in the United States. W e would, therefore, remind our friends that two manifests are required, containing all the marks and particulars in con formity with the bills o f lading; and should there be a shipping mark in addition to the manufacturer’s, it would be well to obliterate the latter. T he manifests should be certified by a Brazilian consul, and filled for R io and a Market, as, without the latter clause, a ves sel cannot proceed to a foreign port without paying an extra duty, or to a Brazilian port except in ballast. The captain should carefully compare the manifest with the bills o f lading on the pas sage, and should he discover any errors, either in quantity or marks, & c., endorse them on the manifest before delivering it to the boarding officer, acquainting him with the same. This will prevent all fines. Also endorsing a certain number o f packages in dispute when there is a doubt o f the quantity, is always advisable. SEIZURE OF VESSELS AT BPJTISH PORTS FOR SMUGGLING. In answer to numerous remonstrances from merchants and ship-owners against the hard ship and injustice o f placing large vessels under seizure, on account o f individual instances o f smuggling small quantities o f tobacco by sailors, and this, too, when the real culprits Nautical Intelligence. 227 were seized and made amenable to the law, the Commissioners o f Customs have issued an order authorizing the principal officers o f the customs at Liverpool to release any ship now legally seized— 1st, whenever the contraband tobacco or liquor is found on the person o f the offender; 2dly, whenever in a ship o f 500 tons, or under, the quantity concealed does not exceed 20 lbs. tobacco, or five gallons o f spirits; and, 3dly, when in a ship up ward o f 500 tons, it does not exceed 30 lbs. o f tobacco, or 10 gallons o f spirits. By an other order, vessels from foreign ports, on arrival, and subsequently, are to be allowed from surplus stores, placed under the custom-house seal, reasonable quantities of tobacco, wines, spirits, and other stores, with the exception o f segars and raw coffee; while to ships in the river, the privilege is to extend to segars. NAUTICAL INTELLIGENCE. GREAT CIRCLE SAILING.* T he rules of Middle Latitude and Mercator’s Sailing have been so universally followed by navigators, that until lately they have been taken as undisputed, and scarcely any one would be listened to who presumed to call their truth in question. But they are very far from being correct, and especially in long distances give erroneous results. Bowditch says (p. GG, note) that in Plane Sailing the error may be made less than any assignable quantity, and (p. 67) Mercator’s Sailing is perfectly accurate; yet he gives in appendix, Prob. X V III., a case in spherics exactly in point, which disproves these rules. The shortest line between any two points on the earth’s surface is an arc of a great circle; a north and south line everywhere, and an east and west line only on the Equator, are such arcs; an east and west line o f latitude is an arc o f a small circle, consequently is not the shortest line, and every other course, by compass, forms a compound spiral curve, constantly approaching the pole but never reaching it. Every case of course and dis tance, with the two former exceptions, is a problem in spheric trigonometry, having the same elements which astronomical calculations have, and is solved in the same manner. A nd all the cases o f Plane, Parallel, Middle Latitude, and Mercator’s Sailing, where courses or distances are in question, are erroneous. The principle may be illustrated by stretching a thread upon a globe between any two places which will evidently lie upon the shortest line. I f this line is transferred from the points o f latitude and longitude which it cuts upon the globe to the corresponding points on Mercator’s chart, it will form a curve, o f which the straight course by chart will be the cord ; yet the apparent curve is the true course and distance, and vice versa. For further illustration, divide the curve into several parts, and having the latitude and longitude of each, find the distances by Mercator’s or Middle Latitude rules; the sum will be much less than a single distance found by the same rules, and will be little more than that found by a spheric calculation. The difference which may be saved in sea room between New Y ork and Liverpool is nearly one hundred miles ; between Matanilla R eef and Cape Clear about one hundred and forty; and in these instances the error in first shaping a course is over two points. The reason why this principle has not been more generally understood and acted upon by navigators is, that it is not taught in the common books, nor has it ever been presented in such a simple manner that practical men can work it out with a common day’s reckon ing. A problem in spherics is to most a difficult and far o ff thing, only to be touched by learned professors at observatories, who construct tables and get up the Nautical Alma* Chart o f the North Atlantic Ocean, with the (Jreat Circle lines between the usual points o f departure and arrival, intended practically to assist the navigator in shaping his shortest course. By A ndrew S cott. Published by D. Eggert & Sons, New York. Nautical Intelligence. 228 nac. It is for practical men that this chart is especially intended. O f convenient nfzev and answering all the purposes o f a general chart, the Great Circle lines are drawn in such approximation that whatever the navigator’s position may be upon the ocean, he will find himself near some one leading towards his destination, and he can shape his course at a glance, without going into any calculation. PROTECTION OF SHIPS FROM DAMAGE BY LIGHTNING. T o F keemak H unt, Esq., Editor o f the Merchants' M agazine. Since I wrote a communication under this head, published in the Merchants’ Magazine for January, 18 49,1 have received a model o f a mast, with a lightning plate attached, from Dr. Johnson, o f Charleston, S. C., referred to by him in his communication in the December number o f the Merchants' Magazine for 1848, and subsequently I have re ceived from R. B. Forbes, Esq., o f Boston, a small volume entitled “ Harris on Thunder Storms,” published in London in 1843, together with a pamphlet o f 64 pages, from the same author, published in London in 1847, entitled “ Remarkable instances o f the pro tection o f certain ships o f Her Majesty’s Navy from the destructive effects o f Lightning,” & c., &c. It is due to Dr. Johnson and to Mr. Forbes, that I should examine the matters they have placed in my hands, before I send a communication to the Merchants’ Magazine for the February number, and as the time necessary is not at my command, I am, therefore, under the necessity o f delaying the “ further remarks on this subject,” mentioned in the last paragraph o f my January communication. Yours, &c. E. M ekiam. LIGHT-HOUSE AT UNDERSTEN, IN THE BAY OF ALORNEL. Stockholm, November 17, 1848. The Royal Marine Board hereby announce the erection, during the past summer, o f a new light-house— which was lighted for the first time on the 11th o f the present month— on the rock Understen, in the Bay o f Alornel, in north latitude 60° 46', and longitude 37® 4 ' 30 " east o f Ferroe, or 18° 54' 45” east o f Greenwich. In the tower, which is white, and rises (eighty feet) above the water, is placed a revolving light, which illuminates the whole horizon from N. N. W . i W ., East and South, to W . S. W . by the compass, and can be discerned, in clear weather, from an ordinary ship’s deck, at the distance of 3^ German (14 English) miles. The “ Beacon” heretofore standing on Understen has been removed, leaving nothing on the summit o f the rock but the W hite Tower mentioned, and two houses, both of which latter are painted red. ............. ........ ...... .......... LIGHT ON THE NORSKAREN, GULF OF BOTHNIA, , Hydrographic Office, November 28, 1848, Information has been received by her Majesty’s Government, that on the 13th o f July, 1848, a Revolving Light was established on the largest and Southernmost Islet o f the Norskaren Group, in the Gulf o f Bothnia. This Light revolves in one minute, and at each revolution shows a flash which lasts from five to ten seconds. These flashes are preceded and followed by short intervals o f dark ness, which,however, will not appear to be total at the distance of a few miles. The Light-house stands in latitude o f 63° 13' 4 5 " N., and longitude 19° 37' 39" E. o f Greenwich; the height o f the Tower is 62 feet, but the Light stands 104 feet above the level o f the sea, and may be seen at the distance o f about 16 miles from all points o f the compass, in clear weather. SHIVERING SAND BUOY. The Shivering Sand Buoy, which was moved about two cables’ lengths to the W . i N ., lies in 3| fathoms at low water spring tides, with the following marks and compass bear ings:— W est end o f Cleve W ood, in line with St. Nicholas’ Eastern Preventive Station-house, S. by E. J E .; Whitstable White Mill, in line with the Western Coke Chimney, at the same place, S. W . J S .; East Oaze Buoy, N . W . ; Mouse Light Vessel, N. W . J N . ; Nob Buoy, N. E. by E. } E . ; Girdler Light Vessel, S. S. E .; East Gilman Buoy, S. W . I S .; Red Sand Buoy, W est Northerly. ( Nautical Intelligence. 22 9 NEW LIGHT-HOUSE AT DARSZER ORT. A t Darszer Ort, in the peninsula o f Darsz, a Light-house with two Lights has been erected, which will burn throughout the whole year, to begin from 1st January, 1849. Both Lights will be lighted every day at sunset and extinguished at sunrise. The first Light is one hundred and five Prussian feet above the level of the sea, and consists in Fresnel’s apparatus o f lenses o f the second order o f rotatory light with dark ness per minute. The upper and lower part o f the star remain in sight during the dark ness, in order that navigators may not lose their direction while it prevails. It is, there fore, only the centre o f the star which is subjected to the darkness. The Light illumin ates the entire horizon, and serves the navigators, who lose sight of the Light o f Arcona in the East, on approaching the shore, clearly to mark the promontory point o f Darszer Ort. T he second is a fixed Light, forty Prussian feet above the level of the sea, and is formed by three Argand Lamps, with reverberatory reflectors. This Light, in connection with the Gyedser Light on the Danish Coast o f Falster, marks the passage between the sand banks near Darszer Ort and the rocky reef Trendelen, and lightens an angle of forty de grees from W est £ North to North-west by compass. Darszer Ort, where the Light-house is erected, is situated 54° 29' Northern latitude, and 12° 31' Eastern longitude from Greenwich. This Light-house is situated at a distance of 57 rods, or 114 fathoms, from the sea, the Tow er being 100 feet high, built o f red brick and not plastered, on which the Lantern is placed, and serves also for a landmark. HETTY POINT, OR CAPE CAPSTAN LIGHT. The new Light-house on Hetty Point, or Cape Capstan, in lat. 45° 35' N., Ion. G4° 42' W ., being the north side o f the entrance o f Apple River, on the south shore o f Cum berland Bay, about six leagues above Cape Chignecto, is also in operation, and shows two lights horizontally, when approaching it from the westward or seaward side. The lights are about forty feet above high water, (rise and fall about 55 feet.) The building is square and painted white, and is a conspicuous beacon in day time to mark the entrance of Apple River, a place o f resort for vessels o f 100 tons and under. The following bearings are given from the light:— T o the Sisters’ outermost head....................................................................................S. 61° W . Salmon River................................................................................................................. N. 9 ° W . Cape Enrage Light.......................................................................................................N. 41° E. Grindstone Island.......................................................................................................... N. 51° E. Along shore, easterly.................................................................................... .•.................N. 62 E. LIGHT-BOAT IN THE PASS OF WIELINGEN, Information has been received through the Belgian Consul General at New York, that a light-boat will hereafter be moored in the Pass o f Wielingen, near the shoal known as the Paarde-market, in the river Scheldt, from which the following are the bearings:— The Tower o f Flushing E . 8 ° 26' S .; the Tower o f Ecluse, S .; the Light-house of W est Capelle, N. E. 5° 37' E .; and the Tower of Lisseweghe, S. W . £ W . The light will be placed thirty-four feet above the water, and will contain eight argand lamps, show ing a constant red light, which will appear every night from sunset to sunrise. At the •same time, the light-house o f Ileyst, in latitude 51° 20' 22", and longitude 3° 14' 13" E. o f Greenwich, will show a white light. LIGHT ON HEATH POINT. Hydrographic Office, November 22, 1848. Information has been received at the British Admiralty, that on the 14th o f October, 1848, a Fixed Light was established on the eastern end o f the Island o f Anticosti, in the River St. Lawrence. The Light stands 100 feet above the level of the sea, and may, therefore, be seen at the distance o f about 16 miles, in fine weather. It was extinguished on the 15th Decem ber, 1848, and will be again lighted on the 1st of April, 1849. W hen standing in towards South Point, the Light-house should not be shut in behind Cormorant Point, as some dangerous reefs project from the former. Journal o f Mining and Manufactures. 230 JOURNAL OF MINING AND MANUFACTURES. GOLD AND OTHER PRECIOUS METALS. T he Boston “ Bank Note L ist” o f Willis & Co. furnishes, in a late number, some spec ulations and statements touching the value o f the precious metals, which will doubtless be read with interest, when, as at the present time, the gold mania seems to have, in a greater or lesser degree, taken possession o f most o f our countrymen. The statements are un doubtedly derived from the most authentic data; the speculations we quote as the views o f the editor o f the Bank Note List, without, however, endorsing his opinions:— Precious M etals. The amount o f gold and silver in the world is generally estimated at ten thousand million o f dollars, whilst the annual consumption, or rather demand, is supposed to be one-half o f one per cent o f this sum— that is, fifty, millions o f dollars. There appears to be no accurate data as to the annual production o f these metals; the whole is a subject o f speculation. From the best sources o f information that are open to us, the yearly production o f silver may be set down at twenty-five millions, and o f gold from fifteen to twenty millions. Starting from this point, which may be considered as ap proaching accuracy, the expected yield o f the California mines will only about keep the stock in the world going. N o perceptible change in the value o f gold has ever been pro duced by the large quantities which have been hitherto acquired, amounting to one hun dred and twenty-five millions from Russia alone, within a quarter o f a century. W hat ever may be the amount raised from California, the result will be to enlarge the consump tion for purposes o f art and luxury, whilst its value for commercial uses will remain unchanged. There is unquestionably a scarcity o f gold among the nations o f the world for currency. The coins o f one government are constantly being recoined at the mints o f another. A large amount in new sovereigns, which came out to this country a few years since to adjust the balance in our favor, were recoined at Philadelphia, so that soon after, when the state o f trade changed the account in favor o f England, and it became necessary to export specie, sovereigns commanded a premium o f nearly one per cent, although the number so recently imported greatly exceeded that required for the export, to say nothing o f those on hand formerly. United States, as well as foreign coins, are being constantly melted down by our manufacturers, for the want o f bullion. The following article we have prepared with considerable care ; the statements may be strictly relied on, and we trust it may be found both useful and entertaining in the present absorption of the public attention in regard to the subject o f which it treats. Gold. Gold is the only metal o f a yellow color, and affords a resplendent polish; it isthe most malleable o f metals, but o f great tenacity; its hardness is almost equal to lead and tin, but inferior to iron, copper, platinum and silver. It may be exposed to the at mosphere for any length o f time, without suffering change; it is remarkable for its beauty ; it is nearly twenty times heavier than water, and next to platinum the heaviest known substance; gold is worth sixteen times as much as silver, and nearly three times as much as platinum. It is easily wrought and stamped, or melted, and does not waste by the operation; and when alloyed, its proportions can readily be ascertained. The degree o f alloy in gold and silver, in currency, is various. A prevalent proportion is one-twelfth; but the decimal proportion o f one part alloy in ten, is gaining favor, and is the present standard o f all Spanish coins, and coins o f various parts o f Germany, o f France, Belgium, Rome, and the United States. Copper and silver are the alloys o f gold in the United States— the proportion is 900 parts gold, 25 silver, 75 copper, a fraction over 21 carats fine. The weight o f an eagle is 258 grains, (parts in proportion,) o f which 232 grains must be fine gold. The heaviest coin o f modern times is the golden five moidore piece o f Portugal, which weighs 828 grains, and is worth $ 3 2 7 0 ; the smallest is the Turkish para, weighing 1& grains, partly silver, and worth one-third o f one cent. Russia is the only nation where platinum is used in currency. They use three denominations, 12, 6, and 3 roubles. The objection to platinum for coin, is its scarcity, unsteady price, and the inability to melt it by furnace heat; it can only be wrought by welding. Its value is rated at $ 6 70 the troy ounce ; the annual product, $400,000. Bullion, in commerce, is applied to gold or silver reduced from the ore, but not manu factured. Gold bullion, at the mint o f the United States, is considered as o f two kinds— Journal o f Mining and Manufactures. 231 U n wrought and M anufactured. O f the first kind there are four descriptions. 1. Washed grains, or gold dust. 2. Amalgamated cakes and balls. 3. Laminations. 4. Melted bars and cakes. F irst. The washed grains are the shapeless particles, or masses, which are collected from the washings o f rich alluvial sands. They are o f all sizes, from the massive lump to the minutest spangle. In North Carolina a lump was found which weighed, in the crude state, 28 pounds. It was found near the surface ; its value was $4,850. In Peru, the largest lump found weighed 26£ pounds; and a lump found in New Granada, 27£ pounds; a lump in the possession o f the French Academy weighs 37£ pounds troy, and is 992 thousandths fine, worth $9,200. This is the description o f gold found in North and South Carolina, and Georgia. The latter is the best g o ld ; the average fineness is 950 thousandths; it occasionally reaches 995 thousandths, which is the nearest approach to absolute purity ever discovered. Mexican and African gold comes in this shape, and averages from 900 to 950 thousandths fine. Second. Amalgamated gold is found with quicksilver. Gold in this form is very variable, and suffers a loss o f nearly 5 per cent in melting. This description is brought from Virginia, Western Mexico, and N ew Granada. T hird. Laminated gold is largely alloyed with silver, apparently in layers, plated together. It is found in Central America. The metals are sometimes separated before they are sent to the market, by adding silver till the gold forms about one-fourth o f the mass, when the whole is rolled or beaten into thin sheets, and exposed to the action of nitric or sulphuric acid, which removes the silver without destroying the cohesion of the gold. F ourth. Bars and Cakes.— In our mining regions the usual form is a neat ingot, six inches long, by one-half to one inch in breadth and thickness. From Western Mexico, Peru and Chili, gold comes in cakes, called tiges, frequently bearing an assayer’s stamp, varying from 25 to 50 per cent in fineness. A fraud is practised in this kind of gold, by a process called picrling, which consists in plunging a bar into an acid, which dissolves other metals, and removes them from the surface, leaving the gold alone visible. The most important class o f gold bars from London and Paris, (chiefly the latter,) bear the mark o f the government or private assayer. They are styled pure gold. The French indemnity, in 1835, was paid to this country in upwards o f 600 bars, the aggregate value o f which was $3,500,000. A bar o f fine gold, six inches long, three inches wide, and one and a half thick, which is the medium size, would weigh 275 ounces. Its value would be about $5,900. SUCCESS OF AMERICAN MANUFACTURES IN INDIA. A late Liverpool paper, says the Washington Union, in an article upon British and American commerce, has the following remarks. The writer attempts to show that the recent change in the English navigation laws has been detrimental to the British interests in that quarter, but that it has been highly favorable to American shipping and American manufactures. W e copy his statement to show the course o f business in relation to Amer ican and British manufactures in India, where it would seem, from this authority, that our fabrics have nearly a fair chance as compared with their British rivals, and thus supersede them in the market. “ One o f the earliest measures o f Lord Dalhousie, the present Governor General of India, was, in wild anticipation o f the repeal o f the navigation laws here, to sweep away all the counterparts o f those laws there. This has, o f course, conduced to the benefit of American shipping. It seemed to * the powers that be,’ not enough that a special act of Parliament, for reasons we could never discover, ■empowered the shipping o f the United States to supersede our own shipping in our own English ports, and to carry cargoes o f British manufactures to British India on the self-same terms as British shipping. “ The authorities in India have hastened the adoption o f a navigation policy which pe culiarly plays the game o f the American shipping. English vessels cannot carry one six pence worth o f freight coastwise from port to port in America; yet American vessels can now carry freight coastwise from port to port in an Indian empire! This, with facilities for carrying cotton to China, and the favorable terms on which they can import American manufactured cottons in India, are already yielding their natural and bitter fruits. “ In unfortunate conjunction with this relaxation o f the navigation laws— a relaxation which already crowds our India ports with a remarkable increase o f American vessels— there was the ill-considered assimilation, as nearly as possible, between British and Amercan cotton goods. The import duty into India, on British, was raised from 3 to 5 per cent, and was simultaneously lowered on American fabrics from 20 to 10 per cent. Mercantile Miscellanies. 232 “ It needs no seer to predict the fatal consequences. Only the other day, the Peel organ talks glibly o f American manufacturers girding up their strength to enter on the race o f competition with our own manufacturers, in our own markets of the East. W ith all def erence, we assert that the political prophet is 4 too late’ in the field. His predictions had previously become history. On high mercantile authority, intimately connected with the East, we learn that in certain descriptions o f cotton goods the Americans have already beaten our manufacturers hollow. W e allude especially to the. heavier kind, called 4do-, mestics’ and 4drills.’ It is well known that in tropical climates, cottons are the chief clothing. W e hasten to inform the free-trading cotton spinners o f this country, that they are superseded in these staple articles, and that it is ‘ a great fact that American cotton manufacturers are already clothing our own Indian army.’ ” METHOD OF WASHING GOLD DUST IN CALIFORNIA. R ichard M. S herman, a member o f the Society o f Friends, formerly a resident o f Fall River, but now in the gold region o f California, under date, San Francisco, 10th month, (8th October,) gives the following account o f the method o f washing the gold from the dust and dirt:— There have been many machines invented for the purpose of washing the gold dust from the dirt and sand ; but the most general, and they say the best way is, to wash it out with a common tin pan. The mode of washing it out is this: take a quantity o f the soil selected from spots appearing to contain much o f the 44 dust,” and put it into the pan ; the pan is then filled (or nearly so) with water, when by the motion of the pan, or action of the hand in the water, the dirt becomes saturated; the gold dust then, being so very heavy, settles to the bottom, and the water with the dirt is poured off, leaving the dust with a lit tle sand at the bottom. The gold dust is washed with so much facility, that, as yet, very little quicksilver has been used, though several quicksilver mines have been discovered within sixty miles o f this place, one o f which has been worked, yielding 80 to 90 pounds per day. T o give you some idea o f the quantify o f 14 dust” produced, people are daily arriving from the gold region with from 10 to 100 pounds of the gold dust, worth here $192 per pound, or say from $1,920 to $19,200; and some trading concerns have brought down $25,000 worth at once. I yesterday weighed out and paid away $18,000 worth in transacting the business o f myself and partner. MERCANTILE MISCELLANIES. A MODEL WAREHOUSE FOR FANCY GOODS. f have been struck with the beautiful architecture o f the Fancy Goods and Comb Warehouse lately erected by Messrs. William H. Cary & Co., at number 243 and 245 Pearl-street, and 18 and 20 Cliff-street, in New York. For elegance and fine effect, this edifice presents one o f the most striking store fronts in the city. Edifice, we say, for cer tainly its dimensions, and the style and scale o f all its arrangements entitle the building to no less dignified a name. Running through from Pearl to Cliff-street, with a depth o f two hundred feet, being the entire depth o f the block, it has a front o f fifty feet on each street, and covers more than four full lots o f ground, having good right, therefore, to its four street numbers. The merchandise sales-room embraces an area of over ten thousand square feet, and the effect upon the visitor on entering, o f the long vista of iron columns, and of shelves loaded and crowded with valuable goods, is really imposing. The first story, on both Pearl and Cliff-streets, is adorned with cluster columns of the brown Port land stone. These columns support a structure five stories high, carefully built of the same beautiful stone, and terminating in a heavy worked stone cornice, which gives a fine effect to the whole. In short, the new warehouse o f Messrs. Cary & Co. adds another proof to the many which the streets of Boston, New York, and our other large cities afford that an im proved taste in building is not confined to church architecture. A n increased attention to what is called ecclesiology has often been remarked o f late; no proof, perhaps, of in creased piety. But whether the increased beauty o f our churches indicates increased piety in church-goers or not, there cannot, certainly, be better evidence of ample means united W e Mercantile Miscellan ies. 233 to good taste, a better indication o f a well established business, than a warehouse like that o f Messrs. Gary & Co., in which, while every convenience in the business arrange ments is provided, beauty o f appearance is not neglected. These arrangements are very complete. Connected with the salesroom is a well lighted basement, o f the same ample dimensions. Here may be found the modern conveniences (which become rather indispensable in such a building) of gas and Croton fixtures, and hot air furnaces o f the most approved style. Under the street in Cliff-street is a vault de tached from the building, affording the amplest security against fire. One would think that a warehouse so large would afford 14 ample room and verge enough” for a business o f any extent in articles o f no greater bulk than combs, brushes, buttons, thread, needles, beads, pins, pens and perfumery. But did the reader ever con sider how many varieties there are o f the single article, a brush, varieties not merely use ful but necessary ? In the catalogue o f Messrs. W . H. Cary & Co., we find fifteen or sixteen different kinds, without reference to the different materials of brushes of the same kind. Of what a vast variety o f materials are combs manufactured ! In the catalogue are mentioned tortoise shell, ivory, horn, German silver, brass, iron and wood, and styles varying from the plainest to the most exquisitely finished. There are beads of every style and material, o f coral and o f glass, suited alike for the most fastidious child of luxury and for the rude taste o f the savage, such ns the African trader finds a ready market for. Here is a vast storehouse, a museum, in which are to be found in every variety o f mate rial, size, ornament and finish, all those many articles which we term fancy goods, but many o f which are as necessary to comfort, decency, and even health itself, as the bulkier staples. When we consider how numerous these articles are, we feel no surprise that it takes one o f the largest warehouses in the country to hold them all. Tim e and space will not allow us to enumerate one-half o f the articles to be found there. W e should have to copy at length one o f their catalogues, which are printed in English, French, and Spanish, to give a complete idea o f the extent of Cary & Co.’s es tablishment. W e will only add that almost every travelling merchant in the country might drive up his wagon, or bring his pack to this warehouse, and fill them there with everything to suit the varying tastes and necessities to be met with on the longest trading peregrination, without going farther, or a second call. Messrs. Cary & Co. are not only dealers in, but also manufacturers of, many o f their articles, such as combs, o f every kind. They also supply other manufacturers with tor toise shell, ivory from India and Africa, pearl shell, and materials o f the kind. Nor are their operations confined to the home market, including the south and west, and (since the treaty with Mexico) not excluding California. They send their valuable merchandise to the West Indies, to South America, and to Africa. Next to the satisfaction o f conducting one fcf the largest, if not the very largest busi ness o f the kind in the country, must be that o f having so beautiful an edifice to conduct it in, a building uniting every convenience in its business arrangements, with all the ele gance and ornament compatible with the rules o f store architecture, and giving evidence at once o f the good taste and wealth o f the proprietors. But a personal inspection of the building and premises will afford a much better idea o f the utility and beauty o f the structure, and o f the extent o f this branch o f trade, than any statements, with pen or pencil, that we can give in the pages o f the Merchants’ Magazine. THE PHILADELPHIA MERCANTILE LIBRARY COMPANY. T he twenty-sixth anniversary o f this flourishing, well-managed institution took place on Tuesday, the 9th o f January, 1849— T homas R obbins, E sq., presiding, and W illiam B orgh acting as secretary. The report o f the Directors, an able, business-like docu ment, which we shall endeavor to publish in the next number o f the Merchants’ M a g azine, was read and accepted, and the following gentlemen were elected directors for the ensuing year:— Thomas P. Cope, Isaac Barton, Charles S. W ood, Joseph Patterson, Robert F. Walsh, John J. Thompson, J. L. Erirnger, William L. Schaeffer, William E Bowen, Joseph C. Grubb, Marmaduke Moore, William Ashbridge, W . C. Patterson. Treasurer, John Fausset. The President o f the Company, T homas P. Cope, E sq., one o f the most eminent and worthy merchants o f Philadelphia, has, we believe, occupied the chair of this institution for many years, if not from its start; and we rejoice to notice, by the following resolusion, adopted at the annual meeting, and the correspondence between that gentleman 234 Mercantile Miscellanies. and the committee, whicii we also subjoin, that the services o f the venerable President are fully appreciated. T he compliment paid to him in procuring two portraits, to be pre served among the members o f the Company, is alike creditable to him and his associates. The following resolution, presented by Samuel C. Morton, Esq., was unanimously adopted, to w it:— Resolved, " That the thanks o f the members be, and they are hereby tendered the Board o f Directors, for their having caused to be placed in the Library Room the ad mirably executed portrait, by John Nagle, of our highly valued President, T homas P. Cope, E sq., and that they be requested to furnish for publication with the proceedings o f this meeting, any correspondence which may have taken place in connection therewith.” The following is the correspondence referred to in the resolution:— Philadelphia, A ugust 18/A, 1847. T homas P. Cope, Esq. Dear Sir :— The undersigned have been appointed a committee, in behalf o f your CoDirectors o f the Mercantile Library Company, to request you to sit for a portrait, to which the Directors purpose assigning a permanent place in the Library Room. W e trust, esteemed sir, that you will respond favorably to the wish o f your fellow Di rectors, who, through the undersigned, have made the necessary arrangements with the distinguished artist, Mr. John Nagle, who is prepared to carry out their wishes at any time that may best suit your convenience. It has long been a desire o f the Directors to procure for the institution the lineaments o f one who is so intimately connected with its history. This desire is largely shared by the members, who, in common with the directors, are solicitous that those who come after them may possess the pictured resemblance o f one whose career as a Philadelphia merchant illustrated for more than half a century all the. eminent qualities that should ever accompany that time-honored appellation. The cheering example which your career affords the young, showing, as it does, that intelligence, industry, and probity beget, as their legitimate fruits, the prosperity o f their possessor, and the esteem o f mankind, will not be lo$t upon future times, when your name will have become an honored tradition, indicative o f all the virtues. Then the struggling and care-worn merchant, surrounded by business perils, and beset by insidious tempta tions, may nobly surmount his difficulties, and stand erect in stainless integrity at the re collection o f departed excellence. It is, however, unnecessary for us to dwell upon those traits which for more than fifty years have identified your name, not only with the mercantile enterprise, but with every scheme o f general usefulness, and with every benevolent institution o f our fair city. A s your co-directors in the “ Mercantile Library Company,” we would, however, bear testi mony to the zeal with which you have uniformly promoted the welfare of the Company. As one o f its founders, and during the greater part o f its existence, its respected Presi dent, your kind countenance and judicious counsel have greatly aided to place the Com pany in its present flourishing condition. Your fellow members o f the board have noticed with constant admiration, that neither advanced age nor inclement weather, nor varied engagements, have ever detained you from its meetings; thus evincing your deep interest in the association, and affording an example which has not been without its proper influence. Your answer at an early day is respectfully requested by Your friends, Kobert F. W alsh, ) n ... W illiam L. Schaffer, [ ^ommittet. The subjoined is Mr. Cope’s reply:— Calcin Hook, Eighth Mo. 23d, 1847. M y D ear F riends :— Your letter o f the 18th instant came into my possession yesterday, at this my quiet retreat, and I can truly say that I am deeply affected by the flattering kindness o f its contents. Unambitious and undeserving o f the distinction you propose to assign me, permit me to add that, if the possession o f my portrait can confer pleasure on gentlemen with whom I have been so long and so agreeably associated, I should, in my own estimation, justly in cur the odium o f ingratitude, were I, from any fastidious notion o f my own, to refuse com pliance with your request I expect soon to return with my family to the city, when I will cheerfully submit my self to your disposal. Your sincere friend, T homas P. Cope. T o R obert F. W alsh, W illiam L. Schaffer, Committee. The Book Trade . THE ^ 235 BOOK T R A D E . 4 — The H istory o f England from the Accession o f James II. By T . Babington M acauley. N ew Y ork : Harper & Brothers. The Brothers Harper have brought out, simultaneously with its appearance in England, Macauley’s history o f that kingdom from James II. to the beginning o f the present cen tury. The London Athenaeum thus speaks o f this great work:— “ Great expectations were raised by the announcement o f this work, and assuredly they will not be disappointed. I f the author exhibits here less o f that sparkling brilliancy which lends such a charm to his historical and biographical essays, he compensates for its absence by displaying greater power in the analysis o f evidence, and in detecting the im port o f facts which had stood isolated, and had, therefore, to a great extent been neglected. As in his former works, Mr. Macauley shows skill and acuteness in the delineation o f character. He seizes not merely on those salient points which serve to trace the outline o f mental feature, but on the more minute and delicate traits which give to the portrait individuality and expression. He renders us as familiar with the men o f the Revolution as if they had been personal acquaintances. W e estimate this quality highly, because the course and the consequences o f the Revolution o f 1688 were guided and molded more by the character o f the persons engaged in it, and less by the mere force of circumstances, than any event o f equal magnitude recorded in history. — History o f Alexander the Great. By Jacob A bbott. W ith Engravings. 18mo., pp. 278. N ew Y ork: Harper & Brothers. This volume, the third o f Mr. Abbott’s historical series, is devoted to the life o f A lex ander the Great, who, in the brief period o f twelve years, ran through a series o f exploits “ which were so bold, so romantic, and which led him into such adventures in scenes of the greatest magnificence and splendor, that all the world looked on with astonishment then, and mankind have continued to read the story since, from age to age, with the greatest interest and attention.” This admirable series o f histories is designed for young per sons between the ages o f fifteen and twenty-five, who wish to become acquainted with the leading events in the history o f the old world and o f ancient times, but who, coming upon the stage in this land and at this period, have ideas and conceptions so widely differ ent from those o f other nations and o f other times, that a mere republication o f existing accounts is not what they require. The story o f Alexander, as here told, is peculiarly well adapted to answer the purpose intended by the author. 3. — Benjamin Franklin: his Autobiography; with a Narrative o f his Public L ife and Services. By Rev. H. Hastings W eld. W ith numerous Designs by J. G. C hapman. 8vo., pp. 512. N ew Y o rk : Harper & Brothers. 2. f The first number o f this illustrated Life o f Franklin, comprising his Autobiography and a Narrative o f his Public Life and Services, by H. Hastings W eld, has just been publish ed. The Autobiography o f Franklin is replete with lessons o f wisdom and instruction for young men setting out in life ; the publishers could not, therefore, render a more accept able service to the rising generation than that o f re-producing the work in its present beau tiful and attractive form ; for, to use the language o f Lord Brougham, “ his memoir is the most natural, ingenious, and interesting autobiography in our language.” The illustra tions are the best o f the kind we have ever seen, and the engraver has done full justice to designs o f Chapman. The work will be completed in eight parts, and altogethelfform a beautiful octavo volume o f more than five hundred pages. 4. — The American Ladies' and Gentlemen's Manual o f Elegance, Fashion, and True Politeness. By C harles W illson D ay . l8m o., pp. 154. Buffalo: George H. Der by & Co. This work, the production o f an American, was originally published in London, where it passed through twenty-two editions, and has, we are credibly informed, been made the standard o f modern society in England. It has been attributed to Count d’Orsay. T o settle this erroneous statement, the real author has been induced to put his name to this American edition. W e agree with the author in his brief prefatory address to the American public, that “ it can hurt no one, but benefit many, for them to compare the usages o f polished nations with their own ; and to consider whether a common sense application o f the ordinary observances o f good society, as practised in older countries, cannot materially elevate, in the social scale, the aspiring and the successful.” W e com mend it to all who are desirous o f rendering themselves acceptable to fashionable society. 236 The Book Trade . 5. — The American Statesman. Edited by A bijaii I ngraham and W illiam J. T enny. The plan o f this paper, which' was commenced on the first week o f the present year, differs essentially, in many o f its features, from any other journal published in this or any other country. Although neutral in party politics, its editors discuss with fearless ability every great question o f political and social reform that engages the attention of the states man, or agitates the minds of the masses. The editors, whatever may be their views, have no fear o f truth, but lay before their readers the strongest arguments brought forward on all sides o f all important questions; so that a “ subscriber to the *American Statesman’ will have before him in a single sheet all the important political matter that he would get, should he subscribe for the principal leading and influential journals of both parties.” It includes in its plan the record o f “ important documents relating to National Legislation ; also, the annual Messages o f the Governors o f the several States, and other documents relating to State Legislation.” Another valuable feature o f this journal is, the full infor mation it gives o f the condition o f the arts and sciences, especially such as relate to the practical affairs o f daily life. Indeed, no journal heretofore published in this country, covers so broad a field o f investigation, or is so comprehensive in its scope. The editors and proprietors, Messrs. I ngraham and T enny , are gentlemen of large experience, liberal views, and great industry ; and if merit, moral and intellectual, are.the requisites of suc cess and we believe they are, when properly understood and appreciated, the circulation o f their journal will not be surpassed by that o f any other in the United States. 6. — Modern Accomplishments, or the March o f Intellect. clair, author o f “ Modern Society,” “ Charles Seymour,” etc. By Mrs. C atharine Sin l2m o., pp. 276. New Y o r k : Robert Carter & Brothers. It was scarcely necessary for Mrs. Sinclair to apologize for the employment o f an ima ginary history to illustrate and enforce religious duty, by reference to the Great Teacher, who sanctioned it, by his use o f parables. A pure mith may embody as great a truth, ns the most undisputed solution o f a mathematical problem. The design o f this domes tic story, which we state in her own language, is to separate the essentials of religious conduct from its excrescences,— to distinguish feeling from imagination,— to contrast the hypochondriacal fanaticism o f a disordered fancy with the purifying influence o f what she considers an enlightened faith,— to show how frequently well-intentioned persons “ know not what manner o f spirit they are of,” — how the Christian temper may be sub stantially contravened, while its dictates are. professedly obeyed;— and finally, how the language o f scripture may be perversely misquoted to support a line o f conduct, which its benign and gentle principles uniformly condemn. Its teachings, if heeded, will doubtless benefit the morals o f many readers. — American Text-Book fo r Letters. By N athaniel Dearborn. Boston: Nathaniel Dearborn. The design o f this beautiful work is to furnish the most correct method of producing the various letters now in use with the pen, brush, chisel, or graver ; and may, therefore, be considered an indispensable handbook for the penman, the painter, the sculptor, and the artist. Mr. Dearborn is one o f the oldest and best engravers in the city o f Boston ; and the present work, which has cost him much time and money, reflects great credit on his industry and skill. It has already passed through several large editions, and received the highest commendations o f the press, and o f distinguished individuals o f taste and dis crimination. It is at once a copy-book for schools, and a manual, more perfect in its kind than anything we have ever seen for all persons engaged in any o f the arts which require the formation o f letters. It also embraces Pitman’s system of Phonography, and complete rules for a correct understanding o f all the principles evolved in the work. 7. — Grayslaer; a Bomance o f the Mohawk. By C harles F enno Hoffman, author of “ A Winter in the West,” “ W ild Scenes o f the Forest and Prairie,” etc., etc. Fourth Edition. 12mo., pp. 539. New Y ork : Baker & Scribner. In this work, which has already passed through four editions, Mr. Hoffman has succeed ed in blending the historical novel with the domestic love tale, stamping “ the unity o f a dramatic poem by a continuous moral purpose, devolved through the action of sentiment wrought up to a climax o f passion.” The wild border annals o f the State o f New Y ork, it seems, afforded the historical materials, and the criminal trials o f Kentucky furnished the elements o f a strange tale o f ill-regulated affections. W e have long desired to pos sess this, and the other volumes o f Mr. Hoffman’s writings, in a form worthy o f preser vation in our library; and we thank the enterprising publishers for the handsome style o f its publication. 8. The Book Trade. 9. — University Sennons. 237 Sermons delivered in the Chapel o f Brown University. By 12mo., pp. 328. Boston: Gould, Francis W ayi,and, President o f the University; Kendall &. Lincoln. This volume contains twenty-one sermons, written at various intervals during a period o f four years, and with the exception o f two, originally prepared for, and delivered in the college chapel, before the officers and students o f Brown University. The exception treats o f subjects at present o f universal interest, and consists o f two sennons on the revolutions in Europe, written immediately after the accounts were received o f the events to which they relate. The design o f the learned author in the preparation o f most o f the discourses was “ to present a plain exhibition o f the way o f salvation by Christ.” They bear the impress o f the able logician, the accomplished scholar, and the sincere Christian, and contain views on some points o f Christian doctrine and ethics, that Christians o f most o f the sects into which Christendom is divided will gladly accept, although differing with the learned divine in regard to some o f the prominent dogmas inculcated in the col lection. The Christian and philanthropic views o f the preacher touching the revo lutions of Europe will command the respect o f many who do not sympathize with his the ological sentiments. 10. — The Journal o f the Pilgrim s at Plymouth, in N ew England, in 1620. Reprinted from the Original Volume. W ith Hisiorical and Local Illustrations o f Providences, Principles, and Persons. By G eorge B. C heever, D. D. 12mo., pp. 369. New Y o rk : John W iley. This is an interesting and valuable contribution to the New England historical litera ture. The Journal o f the Pilgrims, which occupies the first one hundred pages o f the volume, is a fa c simile reprint from the London edition o f 1622. In the “ historical and local illustrations o f Principles, Providences, and Persons,” occupying full two-thirds of the volume, Mr. Cheever attempts “ to trace the wonderful providential discipline o f God with the colony o f Plymouth, and to some extent with that o f Massachusetts, showing the constant action o f those principles o f piety for which they suffered, under the suprem acy o f which they labored, and by whicli they were successful.” 11. — The Young P atroon; or Christmas in 1690. A Tale o f New York. By the A u thor o f “ First o f the Knickerbockers.” Pp. 142. New Y ork : George P. Putnam. This story, we are told, was written prior to its recent predecessor, “ The First o f the Knickerbockers,” noticed in a former number o f this Magazine. The scene o f the storv is laid in the city o f N ew York ; the time, more than a hundred and fifty years ago. The author is evidently a lineal descendant o f the Knickerbockers, and describes his “ worthy fathers, the founders o f the great metropolis, the explorers o f these majestic rivers, the hospitable, humane, generous, stubborn, obstinate 1old smokers of Manhattan,’ ” with a vividness that would almost convince the sceptical that the author was a resuscitated Knick erbocker. W e trust he has more o f the same sort for “ home consumption.” 12. — The Universal Guide to Wealth, by a Rational Course o f Food and Diet. By A ndrew Combe, M. D., author o f “ Combe’s Physiology,” etc. 12mo., pp. 310. Buf falo : George H. Derby & Co. The works o f Dr. Combe enjoy, deservedly, a world-wide reputation. N o writer has done more to advance the moral and physical interests o f mankind in our time. The present work, which, since its appearance in 1836, has passed through seven American editions, is essentially a continuation o f the work first published by Dr. Combe in 1834, under the title o f “ Principles o f Physiology applied to the Preservation of Health and to the Improvement o f Physical.and Mental Education;” and the object the same, namely, “ to lay before the public a plain and intelligible description o f the structure and uses o f some o f the more important organs o f the human body, and to show how information of this kind may be usefully applied in practical life.” It is a handsome, readable edition of a very excellent and useful work. 13. — The Prisoner's F rien d : a Monthly Magazine devoted to Criminal Reform, P hilosophy, Literature, Science, and A rt. Charles Spear, Editor and Proprietor. Bos ton : Published by the Editor. This work is now published monthly in the octavo form. Its design is indicated in the title quoted. Its editor is deeply imbued with the reformatory and philanthropic spirit o f the nineteenth century, and he brings to bear, upon all matters pertaining to criminal re form, a deep and abiding faith in that Gospel, which teaches us that the only efficient method to overcome evil is by doing good. Philosophy, literature, science, and art, in the head, hands, and heart o f the editor, are all consecrated to the cause o f Humanity. God speed and prosper his noble mission! ‘2 3 8 The Book Trade. 14.— Proverbs for the P eop le; or, Illustration o f Practical Goodness, drawn from the Book o f Wisdom. By E . L. M agoon, author o f “ The Orators o f the American Rev olution. 12mo., pp. 272. Boston : Gould, Kendall & Lincoln. The design o f this work is “ to discuss the exalted principles o f Christian morality in a manner adapted to the comprehension o f the great mass of mankind.” The work is di vided into seventeen chapters, each o f which is devoted to a distinct virtue or vice. For instance, one chapter is entitled “ Captiousness; or the Censorious M a n a n o t h e r , “ Kind ness, or the Hero who best C o n q u e rsa n o th e r, “ Frugality, or the Beauty o f Old A ge and so on, including in the catalogue the virtues o f Integrity, Industry, Perseverance, Sin cerity, and the vices o f pride, extravagance, vanity, idleness, falsehood, deceit, flattery, etc. The author has grouped the teaching o f the Christian and Jewish Scriptures, as well as those o f ethical writers, ancient sages, and modern poets, and woven them into the symmetrical essay with the web o f his own thoughts, suggested by the subject or the ex perience o f a life o f observation and reflection. 15.— Theory and Practice o f T eaching; or M otives and Methods o f good School Keep ing. By D avid P. P age , A . M., Principal o f the State Normal School, Albany, New Y ork. 8vo., pp. 349. New Y o rk : A . S. Barnes &. Co. This is the tenth edition o f this work, a fict which affords pretty conclusive evidence o f the estimation in which it is held by the public. For further evidence o f its utility, it is only necessary to refer to the work itself— to “ read, learn, mark, and inwardly digest” its pages, which contain not only the theory, but the practice o f teaching, derived by Mr. Page from the realities o f the school-room during some twenty years o f actual service as a teacher. The spirit, responsibility, habits, and literary qualifications of the .teacher are described; the modes o f teaching, conducting recitations, and exciting an interest in study, are pointed o u t; school government and school arrangements, and the relations o f the teacher to his scholars, to parents, and the members o f his profession, are not omitted, but are treated in a clear and logical manner. It seems to cover the whole subject: and ap pears to us an indispensable vade mecum for all who assume the responsible duties of a teacher, either in the family, the common school, or the higher academy. 16. _Outlines o f a New System o f Physiognomy. Illustrated by numerous Engravings, indicating the Signs o f the different Mental Faculties. By J. W . R edfield, M . D. 8vo., pp. 96. New Y o rk : J. S. Redfield. W e are not prepared to accept, much less to reject, Dr. Redfield’s system o f physiogno my, as partially laid down in this manual, which gives “ but a brief outline o f the subject so far as relates to the face.” But we must confess that the theory is not only plausible, but, as explained and illustrated by Dr. Redfield, appears in the main quite natural. Per haps that is admitting almost as much as the learned author would desire, as he does not “ claim to have discovered the whole o f Physiognomy,” or that he “ has not made some observations that will need correcting.” His illustrations are ingenious, and many of them accord well with our rather superficial observation. The work, to say the least, is highly suggestive, and we commend it to all who believe that the “ proper study of mankind is man.” 17. _D isturnett's Railroad, Steamboat,and Telegraph Book. N ew Y o rk : J. Distumell. This little manual o f Mr. Disturnell embraces full and correct information in reference to all railroads, and steamboat routes, and great lines o f travel diverging from the cities of Washington, Baltimore, Philadelphia, New Y ork, Boston, Portland, Albany, Troy, Buf falo, Montreal, etc., with other information useful to travellers, emigrants, etc. It includes, moreover, that new and wonderful improvement o f the age, the Magnetic Telegraph, em bracing all the principal lines in the United States and Canada, giving the regulations and charges, tables o f distances, etc. Mr. Distumell is indefatigable in his exertions to procure correct information, by applying, either by letter or personally, to the fountain head : and the work, a new edition o f which is published every other month, brings the information down to within a day or two o f its publication. ]g .__M erry-M ount; a Romance o f the Massachusetts Colony. 12mo., pp. 471. Bos ton: James Munroe & Co. This romance is founded on the early history o f N ew England, or, as the author styles it, the crepuscular period which immediately preceded the rise o f the Massachusetts colo ny, a period with more o f the elements o f romance than any subsequent epoch. The in terest o f the story is well sustained throughout; and as illustrative o f the early colonial history o f the country, it will be read with interest, while it undoubtedly throws some light over the Pilgrim past. The Book Trade . 239 19. — History o f the W ar between the United States and M exico, from the Commence ment o f Hostilities to the Ratification o f the Treaty o f Peace. By John S. Jenkins, author o f “ The Generals o f the Last W ar with Great Britain,” etc. 12mo., pp. 506. Auburn: Derby, Miller, & Co. During the progress o f the war between the United States and Mexico, and near its close, the public were favored with numerous histories o f the events, as well as with bi ographies o f the men who figured in its brilliant scenes and stirring events; but most of these accounts were hastily prepared, an<J necessarily incomplete and imperfect. The au thor o f this volume seems to have waited for the final closing o f that war, a circumstance more favorable to the preparation o f a complete and full history, and one which enabled him to avail himself o f all the documents, as well as o f the labors o f other compilers and authors; and on the whole, we should say that he has succeeded in furnishing a more reliable and complete account o f the war than any o f his predecessors. The volume is handsomely printed, and copiously illustrated with portraits o f distinguished officers and battle scenes. 20. — Young M en Admonished; in a Series o f Lectures. tor o f the Broadway Tabernacle Church. 18mo., pp. 278. & Co. By Joseph P. T hompson, Pas New Y o r k : Leavitt, Trow, This volume contains seven lectures, delivered by the author in the Broadway Taber nacle, and were listened to with deep interest by large audiences, composed, for the most part, o f young men. The three first are devoted to a consideration o f the temptations to dishonesty, to intemperance, and to gambling; the fourth, to “ profaneness and Sabbath breaking the fifth, “ living for p le a s u r e t h e sixth is entitled “ life progressive the seventh, “ the Bible the young man’s guide.” The evils and dangers o f dishonesty, in temperance, and gambling, are forcibly and eloquently depicted, in strong but truthful lan guage. The volume should be read by every young man in our commercial cities, and the merchant would do well to place it in the hands o f every clerk in his employ. W e have marked several passages for a place under our “ Mercantile Miscellanies.” 21. — The A rt Journal; Art-U nion Monthly Journal o f Arts. London: Chapman & Hall. N ew Y o rk : John P. Ridner, Art-Union Building, 497 Broadway. The present number (December) o f the Art Journal completes the tenth volume, and although there would seem to be little room, we notice, by an advertisement on the cover, that the work is to be improved, and enlarged in size the ensuing year, commencing with January, 1849. A s a consequence o f this enlargement and improvement, the price is to be increased to eight dollars and a half per annum. W e have often spoken in terms of the highest commendation o f this work, and we see no reason to withhold or measure our praise. The engravings alone are richly, worth the subscription price. W e know o f no similar work that will compare with it in artistical beauty or literary excellence. 22. — The Vision o f Sir Launfal. By James R ussell L owell. 12mo., pp. 27. Cam bridge: George Nichols. A small book this, but with far more true poetry than many a larger volume. The plot is founded on the mythology o f the Romancers, the Holy Grail, the cup out o f which Je sus partook o f the last supper with his disciples. W e hope soon to have a beautiful illus trated edition o f Lowell, after the style o f Cary and Hart’s editions o f Longfellow, Willis, Sigourney, or Muzzy’s splendid edition o f Whittier’s poems. 23. — Rhymes o f Travel. Ballads and Poems. By B a yar d T a y l o r , author o f “ View 3 A-foot,” etc. l2m o., pp. 152. N ew Y ork : George P. Putnam. A collection o f the poetical effusions o f a young and promising writer. The Rhymes o f Travel “ give expression to thoughts and emotions inspired” by the author’s journey in Europe. Simplicity and naturalness, combined with a smooth and graceful verse, are here rendered subservient to pure and gentle thoughts. A pleasant portrait fronts the title-page. I rving ’ s W orks .— George P. Putnam published on the first o f January, 1849, the sec ond volume o f “ T he Life and Voyages o f Christopher Columbus,” forming the fifth vol ume o f the splendid edition o f Irving’s Works, now in course o f publication. This volume contains one hundred pages more than was originally estimated as the average o f the series, and therefore the price is necessarily increased to $ 1 50. The next volume will comprise, the whole o f the “ Companions o f Columbus,” and the Appendix. This is pro bably the last revised edition o f Irving’s complete works, and the most beautiful that has yet been published. It is illustrated with a chart o f the West Iudies, with the adjacent coast o f South America, showing the tracks o f Columbus. The Book Trade. 240 24. — Elements o f Chemistry. W ith Illustrations o f the Chemical Phenomena o f Daily L ife , and a series o f Practical Experiments. By D. B. R eid , M. D., F. R . S. E. Chambers' Educational Course, enlarged and improved. By D. M. R eese, M . D., LL. D. N ew Y ork : A . S. Barnes & Co. T he design o f this volume, like all in this series o f “ educational works,” is to acquaint the young with all the physical or natural sciences, by placing in their hands a separate volume devoted to each. The design o f the present volume is to “ facilitate the intro duction o f a course o f Chemistry, as an elementary branch o f education, in all schools and academies, and to lay a foundation for the young people’s future progress in science.” W e have no hesitation in saying that the work is well calculated to answer the objects contemplated by the learned Scotchman who compiled, and the American editor, who has improved and adapted it to the use o f schools in the United States. 25.— Elements o f Geology. By D avid P age. Chambers' Educational Course, enlarged and improved. By D. M. R eese, M. D., L L. D. N ew Y ork : A . S. Barnes & Co. T he facts o f the science o f Geology, which must ever constitute the chief features o f an elementary work, are here presented “ in a form o f simplicity and attractiveness which admirably adapts the subject to the young,” thus “ rendering it a most agreeable and use ful study.” The handsome and substantial style o f publication adopted by the liberal and enterprising house o f A . S. Barnes & Co. is worthy o f all imitation. 26. — Posthumous W orks o f the Eev. Thomas Chalmers, D. D., L L . D. Edited by the Rev. W illiam H anna , L L. D. Vol. V. Sabbath Scripture Readings. 12mo., pp. 507. New Y o rk : Harper & Brothers. The present volume, the fifth o f the series, consists o f practical comments on various passages in the books o f the Old Testament. The piety, learning, and ability o f the au thor, it is scarcely necessary to say, impart to all his thoughts, opinions, views and feelings an interest and an importance, that must command the respect, if not the common con sent o f the entire Christian world. 27. — The A rt- Journal; A rt- Union M onthly Journal o f Arts. N ew Y ork : J. P. Ridner. The last number o f this work contains three beautiful line engravings in the best style. o f the art, viz: Pilgrims in Sight o f Home, engraved by C. W . Sharp, from the picture by C. L. Eastlake, R. A . ; Eve at the Fountain, engraved by W . Rolfe, from the statue by E. H. Baily, R. A .; and Innocence, by C. W . Wagstaffe, from the picture, by G. B. Greuze. T he number is embellished with a great number of fine illustrations, the finest specimens o f wood engraving we have ever seen. 28. — The Oak Openings; or the Bee-Hunter. By J ames F enimore C ooper. 2 vols. 12mo. N ew Y o rk : Burgess, Stringer, & C®. I f the author o f the “ Pioneers,” the “ Last o f the Mohicans,” “ Path-Finder,” etc., etc., has lost any o f his vigor, it is more than we can discover. Certainly this last effort, if we do not greatly err in our estimate, is equal to any o f the author’s earlier productions. Coop er, after all, is a novelist o f which his countrymen may well be proud. 29. — The Memoirs o f a Physician. By A lexandre D umas, author o f “ Monte Cristo,” ** The T w o Dianas,” “ George the Planter,” “ The Three Guardsmen,” etc. etc. 8vo., pp. 347. New Y o rk : Stringer & Townsend. One o f Dumas’ most exciting tales, from the English edition, said to be translated with remarkable fidelity. It is interspersed with a great number o f engraved illustrations, co. pied from those o f the French edition o f the work. 30. — The Legends o f M ont auk. By J. A . A yres . W ith an Historical Appendix. 8vo., pp. 128. New Y o rk : George P. Putnam. An attempt o f the author, who visited the peninsula of Montauk during the summers o f 1846-7, to recall the pleasant hours spent on that romantic spot. The legends are told in easy and graceful verse, and are well calculated to create an interest in the histo ry, the traditions, and the scenery o f this peculiar country. 31. — The Triad; or Atheism, Polytheism, and Infidelity. Boston: James French. By Rev. T imothy A . T a y l o r . This little volume is designed by its author as a companion o f “ The Triune,” noticed above, in which he presented evidence o f the Divine existence, and proof that the Bible is the word o f God. The concise and comprehensive form in which the subjects are pre sented, will recommend them to many who cannot find time to peruse more elaborate works. s t r;